Enhanced Catalog Sharing and Management - IBM Redbooks
Enhanced Catalog Sharing and Management - IBM Redbooks
Enhanced Catalog Sharing and Management - IBM Redbooks
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Jon Tate, Frank Byrne, Klaus Stanislawiak, Wolfgang Wettig<br />
International Technical Support Organization<br />
www.redbooks.ibm.com<br />
SG24-5594-00
International Technical Support Organization<br />
<strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
July 1999<br />
SG24-5594-00
Take Note!<br />
Before using this information <strong>and</strong> the product it supports, be sure to read the general information in<br />
Appendix C, “Special Notices” on page 117.<br />
First Edition (July 1999)<br />
This edition applies to Version 1, Release 5 of DFSMS/MVS, Program Number<br />
5695-DF1 for use with the OS/390 Operating System.<br />
Comments may be addressed to:<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> Corporation, International Technical Support Organization<br />
Dept. 471F Building 80-E2<br />
650 Harry Road<br />
San Jose, California 95120-6099<br />
When you send information to <strong>IBM</strong>, you grant <strong>IBM</strong> a non-exclusive right to use or<br />
distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any<br />
obligation to you.<br />
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1999. All rights reserved.<br />
Note to U.S Government Users - Documentation related to restricted rights - Use, duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions<br />
set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with <strong>IBM</strong> Corp.
Contents<br />
Figures ......................................................vii<br />
Tables .......................................................ix<br />
Preface ......................................................xi<br />
The Team That Wrote This Redbook . ...................................xi<br />
CommentsWelcome ............................................... xii<br />
Chapter 1. Introduction. .........................................1<br />
1.1 ICF<strong>Catalog</strong>Structure<strong>and</strong>Evolution..............................1<br />
1.1.1 <strong>Catalog</strong>Structure ........................................2<br />
1.1.2 WhereaDataSetisDescribed..............................2<br />
1.1.3 Accessing<strong>Catalog</strong>s.......................................4<br />
1.1.4 <strong>Catalog</strong>AddressSpace....................................5<br />
1.2 TapeVolume<strong>Catalog</strong>s........................................7<br />
1.3 AReviewoftheSHAREOPTIONSParameter.......................7<br />
1.3.1 DefiningtheLevelof<strong>Sharing</strong>withinaSystem...................8<br />
1.3.2 DefiningtheLevelof<strong>Sharing</strong>AcrossSystems ..................8<br />
1.4 <strong>Catalog</strong>Evolution............................................8<br />
1.5 ParallelSysplexPerformanceConsiderations<strong>and</strong>Solutions............9<br />
1.5.1 Non-<strong>Catalog</strong>Solution ....................................10<br />
1.5.2 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> ................................10<br />
1.5.3 Coupling Facility Structure Terminology <strong>and</strong> Connectivity .........12<br />
1.6 DataSetNaminginaParallelSysplex ...........................13<br />
Chapter 2. Planning ...........................................15<br />
2.1 Planning for the New Functions of DFSMS/MVS 1.5 .................15<br />
2.2 Planning for ECS Implementation . . . ............................16<br />
2.2.1 DeterminingWhich<strong>Catalog</strong>sUtilizeECS .....................16<br />
2.2.2 DeterminingtheNumberof<strong>Catalog</strong>s.........................16<br />
2.2.3 CacheStructureDescription...............................16<br />
2.2.4 SecurityConsiderations ..................................17<br />
2.2.5 CacheStructureSizing...................................17<br />
2.2.6 ActivatingECS .........................................18<br />
2.2.7 LossofECSMode ......................................18<br />
2.2.8 Operational Issues ......................................19<br />
2.3 Extended Alias Support. ......................................20<br />
Chapter 3. Implementation ......................................23<br />
3.1 Implementing <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> . . . ......................23<br />
3.1.1 Underst<strong>and</strong>ing the ITSO Environment Setup . . .................23<br />
3.1.2 DefiningtheCFRMPolicy.................................24<br />
3.1.3 ActivatingtheCFRMPolicy................................25<br />
3.1.4 Connecting to the CF Structure . ............................26<br />
3.1.5 SettingtheECSHRAttributeforSelected<strong>Catalog</strong>s..............28<br />
3.1.6 IssuingtheAutomaticAddComm<strong>and</strong>........................29<br />
3.2 Implementing Extended Alias Support. ...........................30<br />
3.2.1 SettingtheSystemSymbols...............................30<br />
3.2.2 Defining an Extended Alias ................................32<br />
3.2.3 Referring to an Extended Alias . ............................33<br />
3.2.4 Extended Alias Support for <strong>Catalog</strong>s . . . ......................34<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 iii
iv <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Chapter 4. Operations .........................................35<br />
4.1 UsingtheModify<strong>Catalog</strong>Comm<strong>and</strong>............................ 35<br />
4.1.1 SettingtheInitialCASOptions<strong>and</strong>Parameters................ 35<br />
4.1.2 Allocating<strong>Catalog</strong>stotheCAS ............................ 36<br />
4.1.3 ControllingtheCASEnvironment........................... 36<br />
4.1.4 ControllingtheStatusof<strong>Catalog</strong>sintheCAS ................. 37<br />
4.1.5 ControllingOptions<strong>and</strong>SettingsintheCAS .................. 41<br />
4.1.6 ControllingtheStatusofServiceTasksinCAS................44<br />
4.1.7 Controlling <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> in CAS. . . .............. 44<br />
4.1.8 RestartingCAS........................................ 45<br />
4.1.9 SysplexConsiderations.................................. 45<br />
4.2 Operational Procedures . . .................................... 46<br />
4.2.1 Monitoringthe<strong>Sharing</strong>Statusfor<strong>Catalog</strong>s................... 46<br />
4.2.2 Monitoring the CF Connection Status for ECS . . . .............. 46<br />
4.2.3 MonitoringthePerformanceParametersforCAS............... 47<br />
4.2.4 PerformanceStatistics................................... 47<br />
4.2.5 ReplacingAMSLISTCATwiththe<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface...... 52<br />
Chapter 5. Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery ................................ 53<br />
5.1 Backup .................................................. 53<br />
5.1.1 Backup Frequency . . .................................... 53<br />
5.1.2 Backup Techniques . .................................... 53<br />
5.1.3 DecidingontheBackupTechnique......................... 54<br />
5.1.4 Backup Utilities ........................................ 54<br />
5.1.5 ConsiderationsforDevelopingtheBackupProcess............. 57<br />
5.1.6 Considerations for Developing the Backup Procedures . . ........58<br />
5.2 TapeVolume<strong>Catalog</strong>s ......................................59<br />
5.2.1 UsingDFSMSdss....................................... 60<br />
5.2.2 UsingAMSExport...................................... 60<br />
5.3 Recovery................................................. 61<br />
5.3.1 DeterminingWhentoRecovera<strong>Catalog</strong>..................... 61<br />
5.3.2 Recovery Techniques <strong>and</strong> Utility Actions . . ................... 61<br />
5.3.3 ConsiderationsforDevelopingtheRecoveryProcess........... 61<br />
5.3.4 Considerations for Developing Recovery Procedures. ........... 63<br />
5.4 Post-Recovery Updates . . .................................... 64<br />
5.4.1 Manually Checking for Missing Updates. . . ................... 64<br />
5.4.2 UsingDFSORTintheCheckingProcess..................... 65<br />
5.5 Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility . . . ................... 66<br />
Chapter 6. Analyzing Structural Integrity. ......................... 69<br />
6.1 StructuralIntegrity.......................................... 69<br />
6.1.1 WhentoChecktheStructuralIntegrity....................... 69<br />
6.1.2 HowtoChecktheStructuralIntegrity........................ 69<br />
6.1.3 The Consequences of Neglecting Structural Integrity. ........... 70<br />
6.2 SynchronizationErrors ......................................70<br />
6.2.1 WhatCausesSynchronizationErrors........................ 72<br />
6.2.2 DetectingSynchronizationErrors........................... 72<br />
6.2.3 Repairing Synchronization Errors. . ......................... 74<br />
6.2.4 Utilities <strong>and</strong> Tools Available for Diagnosis . ................... 76<br />
6.2.5 VSAM Knowledge Database .............................. 77<br />
6.3 <strong>Catalog</strong><strong>Sharing</strong>Problems....................................77<br />
6.3.1 ErrorSymptomsDueto<strong>Sharing</strong>Problems.................... 77<br />
6.3.2 DeterminingIfa<strong>Catalog</strong>isActuallyShared...................78
6.4 CASProblemsDueto<strong>Catalog</strong>StructuralorSynchronizationErrors.....79<br />
6.4.1 CAS ABEND or Error Messages ............................79<br />
6.4.2 CASHangorLockoutSituations............................79<br />
Appendix A. <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface ..............................83<br />
A.1 CSISetup....................................................83<br />
A.2 CSIProgrammingConsiderations..................................84<br />
A.3 <strong>IBM</strong> Supplied Sample Programs . ..................................85<br />
A.4 RealWorldExampleofCSIImplementation..........................87<br />
Appendix B. What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New ......................101<br />
B.1 MODIFYCATALOGComm<strong>and</strong>Syntax.............................101<br />
B.2 New <strong>and</strong> Changed Messages . . . .................................108<br />
Appendix C. Special Notices .....................................117<br />
Appendix D. Related Publications .................................119<br />
D.1 International Technical Support Organization Publications. .............119<br />
D.2 <strong>Redbooks</strong> on CD-ROMs . .......................................119<br />
D.3 OtherPublications.............................................119<br />
How to Get ITSO <strong>Redbooks</strong>. ....................................121<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> Redbook Fax Order Form .......................................122<br />
List of Abbreviations ..........................................123<br />
Index .......................................................125<br />
ITSO Redbook Evaluation ......................................133<br />
v
vi <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Figures<br />
1. UserAddressSpaceActivityRelatedtoDataSetOpen..................5<br />
2. CASUsageforDataSetReference..................................6<br />
3. CASUsageofIntegrityVVRs ......................................9<br />
4. Integrity VVR Coupling Facility Utilization . ...........................11<br />
5. StructureDiagramoftheITSOParallelSysplex .......................24<br />
6. Running the Administrative Data Utility (IXCMIAPU) ....................25<br />
7. HowtoStartUsingtheCFRMPolicy................................26<br />
8. CAS ECS Status Display After Connecting to the Coupling Facility ........26<br />
9. CASConnectFailuretoECSStructureatIPL<strong>and</strong>StatusDisplay .........27<br />
10. XCF Structure Display for SYSIGGCAS_ECS. ........................28<br />
11. AlteringtheECSHRAttribute......................................28<br />
12. DefiningaUser<strong>Catalog</strong>withtheECSHRAttribute.....................29<br />
13. Enabling the Automatic Add Function <strong>and</strong> Status Display . . ..............29<br />
14. Sample Symbol Definitions Parmlib Member (IEASYMxx) . ..............31<br />
15. DataSetNameResolutionforaSymbolicAliasonDifferentSystems......32<br />
16. DefininganExtendedAliasUsingaSystemSymbol....................32<br />
17. Extended Alias Name Resolution without the System Symbol Set . ........33<br />
18. Extended Alias Name Resolution with the System Symbol Set. ...........33<br />
19. Using an Extended Alias in JCL. . ..................................34<br />
20. Allocated<strong>Catalog</strong>sStatusDisplay..................................38<br />
21. <strong>Catalog</strong>CacheStatisticsReport ...................................38<br />
22. ECSStatusDisplayWith<strong>Catalog</strong>sNotUsingECS.....................40<br />
23. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Report Output . . ..................................41<br />
24. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Dynamic Dump Report . . ...........................42<br />
25. Sample<strong>Catalog</strong>ModuleEntryDisplay...............................42<br />
26. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Performance Report ...............................43<br />
27. Sample<strong>Catalog</strong>ServiceTasksDisplay..............................44<br />
28. Sample<strong>Catalog</strong>TaskDetailDisplay................................44<br />
29. Performance Report after LISTCAT in ECS Mode. .....................48<br />
30. Performance Report after LISTCAT in VVDS <strong>Sharing</strong> Mode. .............49<br />
31. Performance Report after Allocating 300 Data Sets ECS Active . . . ........50<br />
32. Performance Report after Allocating 300 Data Sets in VVDS <strong>Sharing</strong> Mode . 51<br />
33. IDCAMS EXPORT joblog Sample ..................................55<br />
34. DFSMSdss Logical Dump joblog Sample . ...........................56<br />
35. DFSMSdssFullVolumeDumpjoblogSample.........................57<br />
36. SampleJCLforDFSMSdssVOLCATBackup.........................59<br />
37. Sample JCL to Create a GDG Base Entry for SMS-Managed GDSs .......60<br />
38. Sample JCL to Create a GDG Base Entry for a non SMS-Managed volume . 60<br />
39. SampleJCLtoLocka<strong>Catalog</strong>byIDCAMSALTERLOCKComm<strong>and</strong>......64<br />
40. Sample JCL to Restore the Most Recent <strong>Catalog</strong> Backup Copy from a GDS . 64<br />
41. DFSORTControlStatementstoCollectSMFRecordtype61.............65<br />
42. ICFRUSimplifiedDataFlow ......................................67<br />
43. ICF-<strong>Catalog</strong> BCS, VVDS Dependencies . . ...........................70<br />
44. SampletoDIAGNOSEaBCS<strong>and</strong>ComparetoTwoVVDSs .............73<br />
45. SampleJCLtoDIAGNOSEaVVDS<strong>and</strong>ComparetoaBCS.............73<br />
46. Sample JCL for DFSMSdss to Detect Duplicate or Orphan VVRs . ........74<br />
47. SampleJCLtoPrintaVVDSbyDFSMSdss..........................76<br />
48. Sample Output of the DS QT,0CC2,1,UCB Comm<strong>and</strong>.. .................79<br />
49. <strong>Catalog</strong>StatusDisplayforOpen<strong>Catalog</strong>s............................80<br />
50. <strong>Catalog</strong>Task<strong>and</strong>StatusDisplay...................................80<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 vii
viii <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
51. MODIFYCATALOGComm<strong>and</strong>Syntax .............................101
Tables<br />
1. LocationofDataSetInformation....................................4<br />
2. SampleTimingsUsedbyAMSLISTCAT<strong>and</strong>IGGCSILC................11<br />
3. Sample ECS Structure Sizes for a Currently Supported Coupling Facility . . . 18<br />
4. MODIFYCATALOGParametersbyResourceType....................37<br />
5. Backup<strong>and</strong>RecoveryUtilitiesRelationship..........................61<br />
6. OverviewofRepairActionsPerformedbyIDCAMS ....................75<br />
7. SampleTimingsUsedbyIDCAMSLISTCAT<strong>and</strong>IGGCSILC.............86<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 ix
x <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Preface<br />
This redbook will help you implement, tailor <strong>and</strong> configure <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>Sharing</strong> (ECS), which was introduced with DFSMS/MVS 1.5. It uses a concise<br />
step-by-step approach, taking you through the considerations <strong>and</strong> sequence of<br />
tasks necessary to perform a successful implementation of ECS in your Parallel<br />
Sysplex.<br />
This redbook gives you a broad underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Facility<br />
(ICF) with respect to its design, structure <strong>and</strong> evolution. The manner in which<br />
ECS exploits the Parallel Sysplex architecture is explained, along with the<br />
performance <strong>and</strong> recovery benefits that this allows you to enjoy. The changed<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> operational considerations for ECS are introduced to allow you to<br />
take advantage of the new functionality immediately. Additionally, this redbook<br />
shows how symbolic substitution <strong>and</strong> Extended Alias Support is implemented,<br />
<strong>and</strong> how to realize performance gains by using the <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface<br />
(CSI) in place of the LISTCAT comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
This redbook is intended for experienced storage administrators familiar with both<br />
DFSMSdfp <strong>and</strong> ICF. New users of DFSMSdfp <strong>and</strong> ICF may like to read<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMSdfp Storage Administration Reference, SC26-4920,<br />
<strong>and</strong> also Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914 before reading this redbook, to<br />
familiarize themselves with the concepts <strong>and</strong> comm<strong>and</strong>s that are covered here.<br />
This redbook is not intended to give an in-depth underst<strong>and</strong>ing of Parallel<br />
Sysplex.<br />
First, we introduce the ICF <strong>and</strong> its evolution, <strong>and</strong> explain the business problem<br />
that ECS solves. We show the considerations that installations must take into<br />
account when planning to implement the ECS solution, <strong>and</strong> the comm<strong>and</strong>s, JCL,<br />
<strong>and</strong> operational considerations necessary. We cover backup <strong>and</strong> recovery<br />
considerations applicable to ECS <strong>and</strong> the ICF, <strong>and</strong> the structural integrity of the<br />
ECS <strong>and</strong> the ICF, with preventative <strong>and</strong> reactive measures that can be taken by<br />
the user.<br />
The Team That Wrote This Redbook<br />
This redbook was produced by a team of specialists from around the world<br />
working at the International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center.<br />
Jon Tate is a project leader for Storage Solutions at the International Technical<br />
Support Organization, San Jose Center. Before joining the ITSO in 1999, he<br />
worked in the <strong>IBM</strong> Technical Support Center, providing level 2 support for <strong>IBM</strong><br />
storage products. Jon has 13 years of experience in storage software <strong>and</strong><br />
management, services <strong>and</strong> support.<br />
Frank Byrne is an Advisory Specialist working for the <strong>IBM</strong> Technical Support<br />
Center in the UK. He has 30 years of experience in support of OS/390 <strong>and</strong> its<br />
predecessors. His areas of expertise include the implementation of Parallel<br />
Sysplex.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 xi
Comments Welcome<br />
xii <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Klaus Stanislawiak is a systems engineer at Software AG in Darmstadt,<br />
Germany. He has 18 years of experience working with customers in the areas of<br />
MVS <strong>and</strong> OS/390. His areas of expertise include implementation support for<br />
OS/390, systems <strong>and</strong> network management, <strong>and</strong> cross-platform application<br />
development.<br />
Wolfgang Wettig is a Senior Advisory Specialist working in <strong>IBM</strong> Global Services<br />
PSS Software Support Center in Mainz, Germany for OS/390. He joined <strong>IBM</strong> in<br />
1970, <strong>and</strong> for the first 13 years, worked as a Customer Engineer in the Large<br />
Systems environment. Since 1983, he has worked in software service <strong>and</strong><br />
support. His areas of expertise include DFSMS/MVS storage management<br />
software, <strong>and</strong> he has supported SMS installations since the availability of SMS.<br />
He has contributed to several other ITSO redbooks.<br />
Thanks to the following people for their invaluable contributions to this project:<br />
From the Storage Systems Division - San Jose:<br />
Charlie Burger<br />
Pat Choi<br />
Mike Nelsen<br />
Mark Thomen<br />
From the International Technical Support Organization:<br />
Rich Conway<br />
Bob Haimowitz<br />
Mary Lovelace<br />
From the International Technical Support Organization Publishing Team:<br />
Joan Bow<br />
Emma Jacobs<br />
Yvonne Lyon<br />
Deanna Polm<br />
Your comments are important to us!<br />
We want our redbooks to be as helpful as possible. Please send us your<br />
comments about this or other redbooks in one of the following ways:<br />
Fax the evaluation form found in “ITSO Redbook Evaluation” on page 133 to<br />
the fax number shown on the form.<br />
Use the on-line evaluation form found at http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/<br />
Send your comments in an internet note to redbook@us.ibm.com
Chapter 1. Introduction<br />
As the number of systems grows over time, <strong>and</strong> with it the number of catalogs<br />
increases, this brings with it problems related to the sharing of catalogs across<br />
these additional systems. Maintaining catalog integrity <strong>and</strong> the speed with which<br />
data is retrieved, while sharing the catalog between systems, is a business<br />
problem for which there have been various attempts at a solution.<br />
As the technology that surrounds operating systems has evolved over time, a<br />
solution to this problem has been provided by using the Parallel Sysplex coupling<br />
facility. This solution is presented here as <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> (ECS). By<br />
taking advantage of this solution, you will be able to decrease both CPU (central<br />
processor usage) <strong>and</strong> job elapsed time, while maintaining the structural integrity<br />
of your catalog.<br />
In this introductory chapter, we describe:<br />
The ICF structure <strong>and</strong> evolution<br />
Tape volume catalogs<br />
A review of sharing options<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> evolution<br />
Parallel Sysplex performance considerations <strong>and</strong> solutions<br />
Data set naming in a Parallel Sysplex<br />
After reading this chapter, you will see how the ICF catalog has evolved, why<br />
ECS is an attractive proposition, how ECS operates in the OS/390 environment,<br />
<strong>and</strong> how to take advantage of the solutions offered by the changes introduced by<br />
DFSMS/MVS Version 1 Release 5.<br />
Throughout this redbook, the term catalog is defined as the Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Facility (ICF) catalog. From January 1, 2000, the two older types of catalog,<br />
VSAM <strong>and</strong> CVOL, will no longer function or be supported. Additionally, as ECS<br />
requires the use of a coupling facility, the term sysplex will be used to indicate a<br />
Parallel Sysplex.<br />
Appendix A, “<strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface” on page 83 shows samples of the CSI<br />
<strong>and</strong> the performance benefits of using CSI versus the LISTCAT comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Appendix B, “What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New” on page 101 shows the changed<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> syntax <strong>and</strong> messages introduced with ECS.<br />
1.1 ICF <strong>Catalog</strong> Structure <strong>and</strong> Evolution<br />
In order to introduce the concepts associated with ECS, we will revisit some of<br />
the terminology associated with data set access <strong>and</strong> give a high-level overview of<br />
the catalog structure associated with the ICF design.<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> structure—where data sets are described, how catalogs are managed,<br />
catalog evolution, <strong>and</strong> the catalog performance <strong>and</strong> flexibility needed in a<br />
sysplex—are covered in the topics that follow.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 1
1.1.1 <strong>Catalog</strong> Structure<br />
2 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
The ICF catalog records are stored in two components, the basic catalog<br />
structure (BCS) <strong>and</strong> the VSAM volume data set (VVDS). The BCS can be<br />
considered the catalog, whereas the VVDS can be considered an extension of<br />
the VTOC.<br />
The relationship between the BCS <strong>and</strong> the VVDS is one-to-many. That is, a BCS<br />
can point to multiple VVDSs <strong>and</strong> a VVDS can point to multiple BCSs.<br />
The BCS is a VSAM KSDS, <strong>and</strong> its primary function is to point to the volumes on<br />
which a data set is located. The BCS is created when either a user or master<br />
catalog is defined using Access Method Services (AMS). A BCS does not have to<br />
be on the same volume as the data set it references, <strong>and</strong> there can be more than<br />
one BCS on a volume.<br />
The VVDS is a VSAM ESDS that contains the information required to process<br />
VSAM data sets <strong>and</strong>, in a Storage <strong>Management</strong> Subsystem (SMS) environment,<br />
it contains the volume related information for non-VSAM SMS-managed data<br />
sets. There is one VVDS on each DASD volume that contains a VSAM or<br />
SMS-managed data set cataloged in an ICF catalog. The VVDS is always on the<br />
same volume as the data set it references. For this reason, any volume<br />
containing a BCS will also contain a VVDS, because the BCS is itself a VSAM<br />
data set.<br />
The records in both the VVDS <strong>and</strong> BCS are made up of variable length cells <strong>and</strong><br />
subcells. The two cell types that are often referred to are the VSAM volume<br />
record (VVR) <strong>and</strong> the non-VSAM volume record (NVR), which are both held in the<br />
VVDS. The VVR contains information relating to VSAM data sets <strong>and</strong> the NVR<br />
contains information relating to non-VSAM SMS-managed data sets.<br />
1.1.2 Where a Data Set is Described<br />
The BCS, VVDS, <strong>and</strong> VTOC each supply a portion of the information required to<br />
process a data set.<br />
For VSAM data sets:<br />
The BCS contains the following information:<br />
Volume - the volumes with which the data set is associated<br />
Ownership - creation <strong>and</strong> expiration dates<br />
Association - information related to paths, alternate indexes <strong>and</strong> aliases for<br />
catalogs<br />
SMS class information<br />
The VVDS contains the following information:<br />
Data set characteristics<br />
Extent description - allows for more than 16 extents<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> name - where this data set is cataloged<br />
General information - such as the type of data set<br />
SMS class information
The VTOC contains the following information:<br />
Extent description<br />
For non-VSAM SMS managed data sets:<br />
The BCS contains the following information:<br />
Volume - the volumes with which the data set is associated<br />
Ownership - creation <strong>and</strong> expiration dates<br />
Association - describes alias entries<br />
SMS class information<br />
GDS information in a GDG<br />
The VVDS contains the following information:<br />
Data set characteristics<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> name - where this data set is cataloged<br />
SMS class information<br />
The VTOC contains the following information:<br />
Extent description<br />
Data set characteristics<br />
For cataloged non-VSAM, non-SMS:<br />
The BCS contains the following information:<br />
Volume - the volumes with which the data set is associated<br />
Ownership<br />
Association - alias information<br />
The VVDS contains no information<br />
The VTOC contains the following information:<br />
Extent description<br />
Data set characteristics<br />
For uncataloged non-VSAM, non-SMS:<br />
The BCS contains no information<br />
The VVDS contains no information<br />
The VTOC contains the following information:<br />
Extent description<br />
Introduction 3
4 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Data set characteristics<br />
See also Table 1 for a summary of the locations of data set information.<br />
Most data sets will only have entries in one VVDS. The exception is the<br />
multi-volume data set, which will have entries in the VVDS of each volume it is<br />
allocated to.<br />
Table 1. Location of Data Set Information<br />
Information VSAM data set SMS-managed<br />
non-VSAM<br />
data set<br />
Non-SMS<br />
non-VSAM<br />
data set<br />
Volume BCS BCS BCS n/a<br />
Data Set Type BCS BCS BCS n/a<br />
Association BCS BCS BCS n/a<br />
Ownership BCS BCS BCS n/a<br />
SMS Class Info BCS & VVDS BCS & VVDS n/a n/a<br />
Uncataloged<br />
non-VSAM<br />
dataset<br />
Data Set Attributes VVDS VVDS & VTOC VTOC VTOC<br />
Extent Description VVDS & VTOC VTOC VTOC VTOC<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> Name VVDS VVDS n/a n/a<br />
Because the data set, VTOC, <strong>and</strong> VVDS are on the same volume, backups of the<br />
volume contain all of the information necessary to recover the data in the event of<br />
a volume failure. We discuss the importance associated with this in “BCS <strong>and</strong><br />
VVDS” on page 57.<br />
1.1.3 Accessing <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
The original method of accessing a catalog was that it was opened for each user<br />
in their own address space. This gave rise to the situation we have illustrated in<br />
Figure 1.
User A Address Space User B Address Space<br />
Referenced Data Set<br />
|<br />
Open <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
|<br />
Create Control Blocks<br />
<strong>and</strong> Buffers<br />
|<br />
Close <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
|<br />
Delete Control Blocks<br />
<strong>and</strong> Buffers<br />
Figure 1. User Address Space Activity Related to Data Set Open<br />
Referenced Data Set<br />
|<br />
Open <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
|<br />
Create Control Blocks<br />
<strong>and</strong> Buffers<br />
|<br />
Close <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
|<br />
Delete Control Blocks<br />
<strong>and</strong> Buffers<br />
Each user has the overhead of allocating, opening <strong>and</strong> closing each catalog<br />
referenced. Clearly, there were performance gains to be made if catalog access<br />
could be performed by a central function <strong>and</strong> this led to the introduction of the<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> Address Space (CAS).<br />
1.1.4 <strong>Catalog</strong> Address Space<br />
With the introduction of the CAS, the request for a catalog function, which is<br />
normally through a supervisor call (SVC), is passed to the CAS using OS/390<br />
cross memory services. In Figure 2, we show how the functionality of CAS is<br />
utilized upon data set reference, as it is performed today:<br />
Introduction 5
User A Address Space<br />
Reference<br />
Data Set<br />
Call CAS<br />
Wait<br />
Continue<br />
6 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Figure 2. CAS Usage for Data Set Reference<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> Address Space<br />
Process<br />
Request<br />
Control Blocks<br />
<strong>and</strong> Buffers<br />
User B Address Space<br />
Reference<br />
Data Set<br />
Call CAS<br />
Wait<br />
Continue<br />
This shows how the functions are now performed in the CAS. Because most of<br />
the catalog modules <strong>and</strong> control blocks are located in the CAS above the 16MB<br />
line, this also reduces the virtual storage, in a user’s private area, needed to<br />
perform catalog functions.<br />
The CAS will process requests concurrently up to a user-selected value. Refer to<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Initialization <strong>and</strong> Tuning Reference, SC28-1752, for more<br />
information on the TASKMAX value. Once this threshold is reached, the caller has<br />
to wait for another task to complete.<br />
In this scenario, the catalog is opened at the first reference <strong>and</strong> remains open<br />
unless one of the following occurs:<br />
The operator issues a comm<strong>and</strong> to close the catalog.<br />
The CAS address space terminates or is restarted by the operator.<br />
The maximum number of catalogs allowed to be open is reached.<br />
To further improve performance, two types of cache were introduced:<br />
In-storage catalog cache (ISC)<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> data space cache (CDSC)<br />
ISC is the default <strong>and</strong> caches within the CAS address space, whereas, CDSC<br />
caches in a data space associated with the CAS using the virtual look-aside<br />
facility (VLF).<br />
With shared catalogs, each CAS has its own cache, which creates a potential for<br />
integrity exposures. The solutions to these possible exposures are discussed in<br />
later topics.
1.2 Tape Volume <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
The internal structure of a tape volume catalog (VOLCAT) is the same as all other<br />
ICF user catalogs. It is a key sequenced data set (KSDS). Its only relationship to<br />
a VVDS is that its self-describing VVRs are in the VVDS of the volume the<br />
VOLCAT resides on.<br />
All rules for sharing <strong>and</strong> protecting a catalog apply for a VOLCAT, as they do for<br />
any other user catalog.<br />
The difference between a VOLCAT <strong>and</strong> other user catalogs is the content. A<br />
VOLCAT contains only library records for SMS-managed tape libraries, or volume<br />
records for SMS managed tape volumes. For both record types there is no<br />
relationship to any VVDS.<br />
There are two varieties of tape volume catalogs available. They are:<br />
The general VOLCAT<br />
The specific VOLCAT<br />
The general VOLCAT contains library records <strong>and</strong> may contain tape volume<br />
records. A specific VOLCAT contains only tape volume records. In a system<br />
managed tape environment, you are required to have at least one general<br />
VOLCAT, <strong>and</strong> you can have multiple, specific VOLCATs. When a VOLCAT is<br />
defined, a catalog connector record is created in the system’s master catalog. In<br />
a shared environment where the master catalog is not shared, an Access Method<br />
Services (AMS) IMPORT CONNECT is needed on all sharing systems to create a<br />
connector record in their master catalog. You do not need to define an alias<br />
pointing to a VOLCAT.<br />
The fixed naming conventions for VOLCATs are:<br />
hlq.VOLCAT.VGENERAL<br />
hlq.VOLCAT.V*<br />
All have three qualifiers, the system default for the high level qualifier (hlq) is<br />
SYS1. If any hlq other than SYS1 is specified, it needs to be reflected in the<br />
LOADxx member in SYS1.PARMLIB as well as in the SYSCATLG member in<br />
SYS1.NUCLEUS, if this is used in your environment.<br />
The ’*’ in the third qualifier of any specific VOLCAT needs to be replaced by the<br />
first digit of the volume serial number range you would like to catalog them in.<br />
Volume records for tape volumes that do have a first digit in volser, for which<br />
there is no specific VOLCAT defined, are stored into the general VOLCAT.<br />
1.3 A Review of the SHAREOPTIONS Parameter<br />
The AMS DEFINE parameter SHAREOPTIONS indicates the level of sharing within<br />
a system <strong>and</strong> across systems. For a catalog, there are only two allowable<br />
specifications of SHAREOPTIONS, either (3,3) or (3,4) with the default being<br />
(3,4).<br />
Introduction 7
1.3.1 Defining the Level of <strong>Sharing</strong> within a System<br />
8 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
The first parameter defines the level of sharing within an OS/390 image. The<br />
value 3 indicates that any number of users can have the catalog open for both<br />
read <strong>and</strong> write, but it is the user’s responsibility to provide protection against<br />
multiple updating. This is not a problem for CAS, as all of its updates take place<br />
from within a single address space. VSAM will prevent other programs from<br />
opening catalogs for any type of output operation. However user programs could<br />
cause damage to catalogs.<br />
1.3.2 Defining the Level of <strong>Sharing</strong> Across Systems<br />
The second parameter specifies the level of sharing across systems. The value 3<br />
indicates that there is no sharing <strong>and</strong> the value 4, indicating sharing.<br />
1.4 <strong>Catalog</strong> Evolution<br />
With parameter value 3, all previously read buffers are considered to be valid <strong>and</strong><br />
do not need to be refreshed from the physical catalog records. This gives good<br />
performance but, if the catalog was actually being shared, corruption or the use<br />
of records that were no longer valid could occur.<br />
Specifying a value of 4 does not, in itself, make a catalog shared, it must also<br />
reside on a DASD volume which was defined as shared. For more information as<br />
to the type of messages that are issued when there are sharing problems, or how<br />
to determine whether a catalog is truly shared, refer to “<strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong><br />
Problems” on page 77.<br />
If both conditions are met, CAS ensures that each system uses an up-to-date,<br />
valid copy of the catalog at all times, by reading the physical catalog records for<br />
each request.<br />
Ensuring integrity meant that the advantages of the ISC <strong>and</strong> CDSC were lost <strong>and</strong><br />
additional overhead was introduced because the read of the catalog records had<br />
to be protected by issuing a RESERVE request. This was a special form of<br />
enqueue (ENQ) <strong>and</strong> resulted in the DASD volume that the catalog resided on,<br />
being temporarily unavailable to other systems. This was a problem for catalogs<br />
with little update activity, particularly master catalogs, as the previously read<br />
entries were generally still valid.<br />
All ENQs are processed by Global Resource Serialization (GRS), or an<br />
equivalent product, <strong>and</strong> a RESERVE can be processed either as a physical or a<br />
logical operation. Physically, the reserve is passed to Input-Output Supervisor<br />
(IOS), which issues a reserve Channel Comm<strong>and</strong> Word (CCW). Logically, it is<br />
converted to a SYSTEMS ENQ <strong>and</strong> passed to the other systems known to GRS.<br />
Both of these have performance implications. The reserve lacks granularity, as it<br />
will prevent all other systems from accessing any data on the volume reserved,<br />
<strong>and</strong> conversion will delay the read of the catalog records until all systems have<br />
acknowledged the request.<br />
To improve performance, a solution was designed that took advantage of the fact<br />
that the catalog is a VSAM data set <strong>and</strong>, therefore, has cells in the VVDS<br />
describing it.
A VVR was introduced that allows sharing systems to detect changes that had<br />
been made to catalog records. Any system that changes catalog records stores<br />
the Time Of Day (TOD) clock in this VVR, updates a counter, <strong>and</strong> identifies the<br />
change. Because of the TOD clock value, this VVR is generally referred to as the<br />
timestamp VVR, but would be better described as an integrity record or integrity<br />
VVR.<br />
In Figure 3 we show how the CAS utilizes integrity VVRs:<br />
System A<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Address<br />
Space<br />
Figure 3. CAS Usage of Integrity VVRs<br />
VVDS<br />
(Integrity VVR<br />
for BCS)<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> BCS<br />
When CAS opens a catalog, the integrity VVR is read, <strong>and</strong> the TOD <strong>and</strong> counter<br />
values are stored in internal control blocks. Each time that access to the catalog<br />
is required, the VVR is read <strong>and</strong>, by comparing the previously read information<br />
with the latest contents of the record, the CAS is able to determine the validity of<br />
its cached records.<br />
It is necessary to protect the VVR from being updated by another system while<br />
the catalogs records are being processed. To do this, a RESERVE is issued<br />
against the volume containing the VVDS. Although this has the disadvantages<br />
discussed earlier, it does reduce the overall number of I/O requests <strong>and</strong> means<br />
that many of the cached records can be reused.<br />
1.5 Parallel Sysplex Performance Considerations <strong>and</strong> Solutions<br />
Reserve<br />
Reserve<br />
System B<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Address<br />
Space<br />
The implementation of Parallel Sysplex has brought with it an increase in the<br />
number of sharing systems. This means that the delays inherent in both reserving<br />
the volume, or converting the request are proportionally increased. Either more<br />
systems are prevented from accessing the volume containing the VVDS, or the<br />
Introduction 9
10 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
elapsed time required for the sharing systems to acknowledge the request<br />
increases. In the topics that follow, we show a non-catalog solution <strong>and</strong> introduce<br />
the concept of <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong>.<br />
1.5.1 Non-<strong>Catalog</strong> Solution<br />
The performance of GRS can be improved by implementing star mode, which<br />
uses a Coupling Facility structure. This produces significant improvements to<br />
GRS performance but is only a partial solution for catalog sharing because it<br />
does not remove the requirement for reading the VVR. We recommend this for its<br />
general improvement to sysplex performance <strong>and</strong> particularly in those<br />
environments where the catalog solution, discussed in the next section, is not an<br />
option.<br />
1.5.2 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong><br />
The solution offered by DFSMS/MVS 1.5, <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> (ECS),<br />
takes advantage of the strength <strong>and</strong> reliability of the existing design, <strong>and</strong> exploits<br />
the well-established architecture of the Coupling Facility structure.<br />
This design uses a Coupling Facility cache structure to contain the integrity VVR<br />
of each active shared catalog. A new option, ECSHARING has been introduced<br />
for use when defining or altering a catalog, see DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Access<br />
Method Services for the Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Facility, SC26-4906, to indicate that it<br />
is available for ECS. A catalog is eligible for ECS when all of the following<br />
requirements are met:<br />
It has been defined as or altered to ECSHARING<br />
It has been defined as or altered to SHAREOPTIONS(3,4)<br />
It is on a device which is defined as SHARED<br />
When CAS opens an eligible catalog <strong>and</strong> the system is in catalog sharing mode,<br />
as described in “Activating ECS” on page 18, the integrity VVR is copied into the<br />
Coupling Facility structure. Once this occurs, the systems that share the catalog<br />
do not have to read the VVR to detect change, as they will receive notification<br />
from the Coupling Facility. Also, the requirement to ENQ on the resource is<br />
removed because the Coupling Facility architecture incorporates the necessary<br />
locking. In Figure 4, we show how the integrity VVR utilizes the Coupling Facility:
System A<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Address<br />
Space<br />
Coupling<br />
Facility<br />
Integrity VVR<br />
in ECS Cache<br />
Structure<br />
VVDS<br />
(Integrity VVR<br />
for BCS)<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> BCS<br />
Figure 4. Integrity VVR Coupling Facility Utilization<br />
This is an elegant solution to the performance issues. The elapsed time is<br />
reduced because GRS is no longer used, <strong>and</strong> the number of I/Os is reduced<br />
because the VVR does not have to be read. Also, the new function fits smoothly<br />
alongside the existing reliable <strong>and</strong> robust code, which will still be used for<br />
non-ECS catalogs. Non-ECS catalogs are now described as being in VVDS<br />
mode, which indicates that the VVR is being read from the VVDS.<br />
In the rare circumstance of a connectivity or Coupling Facility structure failure,<br />
the ECS catalogs will revert to VVDS mode, allowing the integrity of the catalogs<br />
to be maintained across such a failure.<br />
It was not our objective to measure performance; however, as part of the<br />
comparisons between AMS <strong>and</strong> CSI, we did observe a significant reduction in<br />
elapsed time when we were in ECS mode. These figures are reflected in Table 2:<br />
Table 2. Sample Timings Used by AMS LISTCAT <strong>and</strong> IGGCSILC<br />
System B<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Address<br />
Space<br />
Timings AMS w/ ECS CSI w/ ECS AMS wo/ ECS CSI wo/ ECS<br />
Elapsed Time 11 sec 1 sec 24 sec 1 sec<br />
TCB Time 3.07 sec 0.04 sec 3.14 sec 0.04 sec<br />
SRB Time 0.06 sec 0.01 sec 0.06 sec 0.01 sec<br />
ENQ’s/RESERVEs 9010 18 13515 27<br />
DEQ’s 13515 18 18020 27<br />
We discuss the benefits of using CSI in Appendix A, “<strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface”<br />
on page 83.<br />
Introduction 11
12 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
DB2 initialization showed gains in three areas:<br />
Reduction in elapsed time (primarily in allocation <strong>and</strong> catalog updates)<br />
Reduction in catalog ASID CPU time<br />
Reduction in GRS ASID CPU time<br />
In “Performance Statistics” on page 47, we also show other areas in which we<br />
were able to observe significant performance benefits.<br />
1.5.3 Coupling Facility Structure Terminology <strong>and</strong> Connectivity<br />
This section is intended to give readers, who are not familiar with Coupling<br />
Facility structures, an overview of the terminology used later in this book. The<br />
terms are:<br />
Coupling facility resource management (CFRM) policy<br />
Connection<br />
Disconnection<br />
Persistence<br />
1.5.3.1 CFRM Policy<br />
The CFRM policy is the description of structures which allows them to be defined<br />
when the policy is activated. For each structure, it specifies the size, the<br />
preferred Coupling Facility <strong>and</strong> structures which should not be placed in the same<br />
coupling facility. It does not define the structure type. The structure type is set by<br />
the application when it connects.<br />
1.5.3.2 Connection<br />
The term connection is used in both a physical <strong>and</strong> a logical context. The physical<br />
connection refers to the data path between the S/390 processor <strong>and</strong> the Coupling<br />
Facility that is used by all structure users. The logical connection refers to the<br />
relationship between an application <strong>and</strong> a structure.<br />
Physical connection is established automatically by OS/390 as part of the IPL<br />
process. Under normal operation this link will not be broken.<br />
Logical connection is made by OS/390 services when an application issues the<br />
IXLCONN macro.<br />
1.5.3.3 Disconnection<br />
Disconnection can occur if an application issues the IXLDISC macro, or if there is<br />
a failure of the physical link.<br />
1.5.3.4 Persistence<br />
When the last user disconnects from a structure, it can be kept or deleted from<br />
the Coupling Facility. If it is kept it is described as persistent. The structure used<br />
by ECS is not persistent <strong>and</strong> the operational implications of this are discussed in<br />
“Loss of ECS Mode” on page 18.<br />
The macros mentioned are documented in the OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS<br />
Programming: Sysplex Services Reference, GC28-1772.
1.6 Data Set Naming in a Parallel Sysplex<br />
In a sysplex, with all of the DASD shared, there is no requirement for each<br />
system to have its own master catalog. This has the advantage of reducing<br />
maintenance activities such as defining aliases in multiple master catalogs, but it<br />
also means that the introduction of new releases of products, such as language<br />
compilers, which can require multiple versions of execution procedures.<br />
This requirement has been addressed by Extended Alias Support by using<br />
system symbols, which can be system unique, to resolve data set references to<br />
different physical data sets on individual systems. This is implemented by a new<br />
AMS DEFINE ALIAS parameter SYMBOLICRELATE, <strong>and</strong> can be used for defining<br />
aliases of user catalogs or non-VSAM (non-GDS) data sets.<br />
The implementation of Extended Alias Support is discussed in “Implementing<br />
Extended Alias Support” on page 30.<br />
Introduction 13
14 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Chapter 2. Planning<br />
This chapter will discuss the general concepts <strong>and</strong> considerations of a shared<br />
catalog environment, <strong>and</strong> the planning required to implement ECS <strong>and</strong> Extended<br />
Alias Support. You will learn how to determine which parameters are required for<br />
input to the implementation steps that are discussed in Chapter 3,<br />
“Implementation” on page 23.<br />
In the following sections we will describe:<br />
Planning for the new functions of DFSMS/MVS 1.5<br />
Planning for ECS implementation<br />
Extended Alias Support<br />
2.1 Planning for the New Functions of DFSMS/MVS 1.5<br />
We recommend that ECS <strong>and</strong> Extended Alias Support not be implemented until<br />
all of the sharing systems are at a DFSMS/MVS 1.5 level that includes the<br />
Program Temporary Fix (PTF) for OW39071. The reasons for waiting until all<br />
systems are at this level are:<br />
Lower level systems will be unable to resolve extended alias names.<br />
If catalogs are in ECS mode, they are not available to lower level systems.<br />
OW39071 introduces code to increase the operational capability of ECS.<br />
This redbook is written, based on our system with the code for OW39071<br />
installed, <strong>and</strong> the information in this redbook will not apply to any system that<br />
does not have this fix applied.<br />
As with all new releases of software where there will be coexistence between old<br />
<strong>and</strong> new levels, it is imperative to read the DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Planning for<br />
Installation, SC26-4919 <strong>and</strong> to obtain the Preventive Service Planning (PSP)<br />
information from your local <strong>IBM</strong> Support Center. This is particularly important if<br />
ECS is to be exploited, because the indication that a catalog is in ECS mode is<br />
achieved by the use of a new ENQ, which has to be recognized by lower level<br />
systems to be effective.<br />
As part of the planning for the new release, this may also be an appropriate time<br />
to review the general catalog structure <strong>and</strong> parameters before considering ECS.<br />
Some areas for consideration are suggested below.<br />
ECS is designed to reduce the overhead associated with ensuring the integrity of<br />
shared catalogs. There have been no changes in the general performance<br />
provided by ISC <strong>and</strong> CDSC, however other changes to the environment, such as<br />
new processors with more real storage, might make it appropriate to increase the<br />
size of the CDSC.<br />
Some of the recommendations for DASD performance might no longer be valid.<br />
For example:<br />
The use of IMBED is ignored for new data sets in DFSMS/MVS 1.5.<br />
The use of REPLICATE is ignored for new data sets in DFSMS/MVS 1.5.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 15
16 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Positioning of the catalog next to the VTOC.<br />
All of these techniques were based on the characteristics of DASD where the<br />
data was physically contiguous. However modern DASD is generally designed to<br />
have data dispersed across several internal disks <strong>and</strong> there is no longer any<br />
performance advantage in attempting to position the data.<br />
2.2 Planning for ECS Implementation<br />
This section will discuss the criteria for catalogs to be in ECS, <strong>and</strong> the sizing of<br />
the cache structure required to support them. In the topics that follow we cover:<br />
Determining which catalogs utilize ECS<br />
Determining the number of catalogs<br />
Cache structure description<br />
Security considerations<br />
Cache structure sizing<br />
CAS <strong>and</strong> the structure<br />
Operational issues<br />
2.2.1 Determining Which <strong>Catalog</strong>s Utilize ECS<br />
All currently shared user catalogs should be altered to ECSHARING, unless they<br />
are shared by systems that do not have ECS capability. This means they are<br />
either not at DFSMS/MVS 1.5 plus OW39071, or not in the same sysplex. It may<br />
be possible to split catalogs that fall into this category, <strong>and</strong> create an ECS <strong>and</strong><br />
non-ECS catalog.<br />
Master catalogs that are shared, but defined with SHAREOPTIONS(3,3), should<br />
be altered to SHAREOPTIONS(3,4) <strong>and</strong> ECSHARING. This will maintain the<br />
integrity without an impact to performance.<br />
Any catalog that is currently not shared, because of the GRS/RESERVE<br />
overhead, should be altered to use ECS.<br />
2.2.2 Determining the Number of <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
The DFSMS/MVS 1.5 implementation of ECS allows a maximum of 1024 catalogs<br />
in ECS mode on each system. However, the total number of ECS catalogs in the<br />
sysplex can be greater than 1024, as each catalog does not have to be open on<br />
all systems. The theoretical limit, if every catalog is only in use by one system, is<br />
1024 multiplied by the number of systems in the sysplex.<br />
2.2.3 Cache Structure Description<br />
A practical limitation is set by the CATMAX parameter which restricts the number<br />
of open catalogs to 255 per system. Beyond this number, a catalog has to be<br />
closed by the CAS to open a new one. For a more detailed explanation of<br />
CATMAX refer to OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Comm<strong>and</strong>s, GC28-1781.<br />
The structure name must be SYSIGGCAS_ECS.
The structure has a disposition of delete, meaning that when the last system<br />
disconnects from it, it is deleted from the Coupling Facility. This has implications<br />
for operations <strong>and</strong> is described in 3.1, “Implementing <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong>”<br />
on page 23.<br />
2.2.4 Security Considerations<br />
When the CAS attempts to connect to the cache structure, a check is made to<br />
determine whether it has the authority to do so. The resource is in the Resource<br />
Access Control Facility (RACF) Facility class <strong>and</strong> is called IXLSTR.SYSIGGCAS_ECS.<br />
Because the CAS is a started task, this may not be an issue but should be<br />
checked with the installation security administrator.<br />
2.2.5 Cache Structure Sizing<br />
The storage allocated to the structure has three elements:<br />
Fixed controls<br />
Data<br />
Directory<br />
The storage used for the fixed controls is required by the Coupling Facility<br />
microcode in order to maintain <strong>and</strong> process the structure contents. The data<br />
portion contains the integrity VVRs, one per ECS catalog, <strong>and</strong> the directory<br />
allows the VVRs to be located.<br />
In order to accurately calculate the storage required, the values in Managing<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914 must be applied to the formula in the S/390 PR/SM<br />
Planning Guide, GA22-7236. This calculation is, in the context of the ECS cache,<br />
more precise than necessary, for reasons that are discussed below.<br />
The structure size is specified in 1KB blocks but will be allocated in multiples of<br />
256KB because of the architecture of the Coupling Facility.<br />
If the cache structure becomes full, no more catalogs will be eligible for sharing<br />
unless the structure is made larger. This means disconnecting all systems from<br />
the structure, reverting to VVDS mode <strong>and</strong> redefining the structure. We therefore<br />
recommend that either a size 25% larger than the size calculated be specified, or<br />
that the structure is defined with the INITSIZE <strong>and</strong> SIZE parameters specified. The<br />
INITSIZE parameter specifies the initial storage allocation, <strong>and</strong> SIZE is a value to<br />
which the structure will be increased dynamically. Refer to OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS<br />
Setting Up a Sysplex, GC28-1779 for more information about these parameters.<br />
At the present time, the value of the fixed controls varies from approximately<br />
40KB to 70KB, <strong>and</strong> the value of each directory element varies from 188 to 208<br />
bytes. Each catalog in ECS mode requires one data element of 4KB to contain<br />
the VVR, <strong>and</strong> one directory entry. This permits a simple rule of thumb calculation.<br />
The fixed controls <strong>and</strong> approximately 40 VVRs can be contained in the first<br />
Planning 17
18 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
256KB, <strong>and</strong> each further allocation of 256KB will hold approximately 60 VVRs.<br />
Table 3 shows examples of the calculations.<br />
Table 3. Sample ECS Structure Sizes for a Currently Supported Coupling Facility<br />
Expected ECS-Active<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
Plus 25% for Expansion ECS Structure Size<br />
31 39 256 KB<br />
80 100 512 KB<br />
128 160 768 KB<br />
176 220 1 MB<br />
371 464 2 MB<br />
760 950 4 MB<br />
1100 1375 6 MB<br />
1536 1920 8 MB<br />
1920 2400 10 MB<br />
Although the storage allocations might appear to be large values, in the context<br />
of a cache structure 10MB which would support over two thous<strong>and</strong> catalogs, this<br />
would be considered comparatively small.<br />
2.2.6 Activating ECS<br />
In addition to the catalog eligibility requirements we discussed in “<strong>Enhanced</strong><br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong>” on page 10, there are four requirements that must be met<br />
before any catalog can be used in ECS mode:<br />
All sharing systems are at Version DFSMS/MVS 1.5, with OW39071 PTF<br />
applied.<br />
The structure has been defined <strong>and</strong> the CFRM policy activated.<br />
At least one catalog has been defined with ECSHARING.<br />
The AUTOADD comm<strong>and</strong> has been issued.<br />
The CFRM policy can be activated before or after the implementation of<br />
DFSMS/MVS 1.5. If it is before implementation, the CAS will connect to the<br />
structure when the new system is IPLed. If it is after implementation, the CAS exit<br />
routines will receive notification when the structure is activated <strong>and</strong> will connect<br />
at that time.<br />
The AUTOADD comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> the ECSHARING parameter cannot be used until<br />
DFSMS/MVS 1.5 is implemented.<br />
The AUTOADD comm<strong>and</strong> can be issued on any system in the sysplex after which the<br />
structure has been connected. The AUTOADD status is communicated to the other<br />
systems by updating a control record in the structure. The next reference to any<br />
catalog with ECSHARING set will cause ECS mode to be entered for that catalog.<br />
2.2.7 Loss of ECS Mode<br />
There are situations that, in order to maintain the integrity of shared catalogs, will<br />
cause ECS to be turned off across the sysplex <strong>and</strong> VVDS mode to be used.
These situations are in two categories; those where failures have occurred <strong>and</strong><br />
the loss is predictable, <strong>and</strong> those during apparently normal operation.<br />
The predictable loss of ECS mode could happen for any of the following reasons:<br />
DISCONNECT comm<strong>and</strong> is issued<br />
Coupling Facility failure<br />
Coupling Facility connectivity failure<br />
The first two cases are essentially the same. The DISCONNECT comm<strong>and</strong> is<br />
intended for use when a Coupling Facility is required for scheduled maintenance<br />
<strong>and</strong> allows a controlled exit from ECS mode.<br />
In the third case, the system that loses connectivity is still active <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
catalog requests, <strong>and</strong> therefore, to maintain integrity, all systems must use VVDS<br />
mode until the connectivity is restored.<br />
There is no automatic rebuild of the structure in another Coupling Facility. The<br />
planner will need to establish procedures that either allow the system to run in<br />
VVDS mode or have the structure defined elsewhere, <strong>and</strong> a new CFRM policy be<br />
activated.<br />
When the situations described previously have been corrected <strong>and</strong> all systems<br />
have connectivity to the structure, the AUTOADD comm<strong>and</strong> will need to be issued for<br />
the sysplex to return to ECS mode.<br />
The unexpected loss of ECS mode could happen during the following situations:<br />
IPL<br />
CAS restart<br />
To plan for these circumstances, it is necessary to underst<strong>and</strong> three elements of<br />
the relationship between CAS <strong>and</strong> the cache structure:<br />
When does connection occur<br />
When does disconnection occur<br />
When the structure is deleted<br />
The CAS connects to the structure when it receives its first catalog request. The<br />
CAS will disconnect during restart processing. During the IPL process, you may<br />
notice the CAS issue two connects. This is normal operation <strong>and</strong> can be<br />
discounted. If an error occurs in the CAS, or if the operator issues the RESTART<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>, a disconnect will also take place.<br />
It is, therefore, possible for all systems to have an active CAS but for there to be<br />
no connections to the structure. Because the structure is not persistent, it will<br />
automatically be deleted in this situation <strong>and</strong> VVDS mode is entered.<br />
2.2.8 Operational Issues<br />
Because the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> has new parameters, operations personnel<br />
will require education on the ECS function <strong>and</strong> the effects of these new<br />
parameters. We discuss these parameters in detail in Chapter 4, “Operations” on<br />
page 35.<br />
Planning 19
2.3 Extended Alias Support<br />
20 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
If there will be a period of time when the sysplex will be a mix of ECS <strong>and</strong><br />
non-ECS capable systems, it may not be possible to activate sharing.<br />
The interaction between ECS <strong>and</strong> non-ECS systems is dependent on them being<br />
part of the same GRS configuration. Any combination of systems which are not in<br />
such a configuration is not supported <strong>and</strong> will cause catalog corruption.<br />
Recovery scenarios for connectivity <strong>and</strong> Coupling Facility failures will need to be<br />
reviewed <strong>and</strong> amended to allow for the new structure.<br />
Automation procedures should be implemented to check for the presence of the<br />
AUTOADD status.<br />
This support provides the capability for systems in a sysplex, which are sharing<br />
catalogs, to have references to either data set names or catalogs be translated to<br />
a different name for accessing the physical data.<br />
The following is an example of the AMS statements required for an extended<br />
alias:<br />
DEFINE ALIAS (NAME(CEE.SCEELINK) -<br />
SYMBOLICRELATE('CEE.&LELEVEL..SCEELINK'))<br />
These statements mean that references to a data set called CEE.SCEELINK will<br />
be modified depending on the value of the symbol &LELEVEL. This symbol must be<br />
defined in SYS1.PARMLIB member IEASYMxx, <strong>and</strong> can be defined either as a<br />
global value which applies to every system in the sysplex, or as a local value<br />
which applies to an individual system. If a symbol is defined as both a global <strong>and</strong><br />
a local, the local value will be used on the system to which it applies.<br />
The following shows an extract from an IEASYMxx member. For a full description,<br />
refer to OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Initialization <strong>and</strong> Tuning Reference, SC28-1752:<br />
SYSDEF SYSCLONE(&SYSNAME(3:2))<br />
SYMDEF(&SYSR2='&SYSR1(1:5).2')<br />
SYMDEF(&LELEVEL='R170’)<br />
SYSDEF HWNAME(SCZP601)<br />
LPARNAME(A10)<br />
SYSNAME(SC65)<br />
SYMDEF(&LELEVEL=’R180’)<br />
The first SYSDEF statement defines defaults for any system not specifically<br />
referenced. The SYMDEF parameter sets &LELEVEL to R170. The second SYSDEF<br />
statement defines values for a system with a system name of SC65 <strong>and</strong> for this<br />
system &LELEVEL will have a value of R180. The result of this, on a nine-way<br />
sysplex, would be that eight of the systems would change the data set<br />
CEE.SCEELINK references to CEE.R170.SCEELINK <strong>and</strong> system SC65 would<br />
change it to CEE.R180.SCEELINK.<br />
It is especially important to ensure that the job runs on the required system. In the<br />
example above, a job requiring CEE.R180.SCEELINK must be run on SC65. If it
is run on any other system it may appear to have been successful but the results<br />
could be incorrect.<br />
We detail the steps needed to implement Extended Alias Support in<br />
“Implementing Extended Alias Support” on page 30.<br />
Tip<br />
An alias becomes active as soon as it is defined, but system symbols require<br />
an IPL to become active. If a symbol is not defined on a particular system, the<br />
alias can not be resolved <strong>and</strong> the user will see an allocation error, stating data<br />
set not found. There is no indication given that a symbol was not resolved.<br />
Applying Alias Name to <strong>Catalog</strong>s:<br />
The option to apply an extended alias to the name of a user catalog should be<br />
treated with caution. It is intended to allow system builders to clone systems <strong>and</strong>,<br />
if used in a production environment, requires careful planning <strong>and</strong> control to<br />
ensure that jobs <strong>and</strong> TSO logons were on the correct system.<br />
Planning 21
22 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Chapter 3. Implementation<br />
In this chapter we discuss the steps required to implement two of the new<br />
functions that were introduced with DFSMS/MVS Version 1 Release 5, <strong>Enhanced</strong><br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> Extended Alias Support. You can use this information to<br />
successfully implement ECS in your environment. In the following sections we will<br />
cover:<br />
Implementing <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong><br />
Implementing Extended Alias Support<br />
The information presented will allow you to quickly implement ECS with minimal<br />
modification of our examples.<br />
3.1 Implementing <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong><br />
In this section we detail the steps required to enable the CAS in order to use<br />
ECS. In summary, these steps are:<br />
Define the CFRM policy<br />
Activate the CFRM policy<br />
Verify connection to the CF structure<br />
Identify catalogs for ECS<br />
Issue the AUTOADD comm<strong>and</strong><br />
Some of these steps must be performed manually, while others occur<br />
automatically after certain criteria is met. For each step of the process, we<br />
provide example definitions, control statements <strong>and</strong> comm<strong>and</strong>s. Additionally, we<br />
included the system messages <strong>and</strong> status displays related to ECS for the CAS.<br />
3.1.1 Underst<strong>and</strong>ing the ITSO Environment Setup<br />
In our ITSO test environment, the sysplex consisted of three OS/390 V2R7<br />
systems with DFSMS/MVS V1R5 with OW39071 applied. The system ids were<br />
SC63, SC64 <strong>and</strong> SC65. We also had two Coupling Facilities, CF03 <strong>and</strong> CF04.<br />
The structure of our sysplex is shown in Figure 5. All three systems share a<br />
master catalog <strong>and</strong> a user catalog, which reside on volume SBOX01.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 23
SC63<br />
OS/390<br />
V2R7<br />
3.1.2 Defining the CFRM Policy<br />
24 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
CF03<br />
Coupling<br />
Facilities CF04<br />
SC64<br />
OS/390<br />
V2R7<br />
SBOX01<br />
MCAT<br />
VVDS<br />
Figure 5. Structure Diagram of the ITSO Parallel Sysplex<br />
Shared<br />
Master<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong><br />
SC65<br />
OS/390<br />
V2R7<br />
We used the parameters provided in Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
algorithms from the S/390 PR/SM Planning Guide, GA22-7236 to determine that<br />
a CF structure size of 10 MB would be more than adequate for our requirements.<br />
A structure of this size is large enough for 1920 ECS-active catalogs plus the<br />
recommended buffer of 25 percent. Figure 6 shows a sample job to update an<br />
existing CFRM policy. In most cases, you will want to give the structure name <strong>and</strong><br />
size to your systems programmer, who will add this definition to your existing<br />
structures. If this is not done <strong>and</strong> only this definition is included, all others will be<br />
lost once this new policy is activated.
DEFCFRMP JOB (999,POK),'CFRM',CLASS=A,REGION=4096K,<br />
// MSGCLASS=X,TIME=10,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=IXCMIAPU<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSABEND DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DATA TYPE(CFRM) REPORT(YES)<br />
DEFINE POLICY NAME(CFRM01) REPLACE(YES)<br />
/*<br />
CF NAME(CF03) DUMPSPACE(2048) PARTITION(F) CPCID(00)<br />
TYPE(009672) MFG(<strong>IBM</strong>) PLANT(02) SEQUENCE(000000049305)<br />
CF NAME(CF04) DUMPSPACE(2048) PARTITION(D) CPCID(00)<br />
TYPE(009672) MFG(<strong>IBM</strong>) PLANT(02) SEQUENCE(000000049305)<br />
(include existing structure definitions)<br />
STRUCTURE NAME(SYSIGGCAS_ECS)<br />
INITSIZE(5120)<br />
SIZE(10240)<br />
PREFLIST(CF03,CF04)<br />
Figure 6. Running the Administrative Data Utility (IXCMIAPU)<br />
The relevant parameters in the definition for the ECS structure are:<br />
NAME(SYSIGGCAS_ECS) specifies the name of the structure used by CAS for ECS.<br />
INITSIZE(5120) specifies the initial size to be allocated for the structure in the<br />
coupling facility.<br />
SIZE(10240) specifies the maximum size (in kilobytes) to be allocated for the<br />
structure in the coupling facility.<br />
PREFLIST(CF03,CF04) specifies an ordered list of CF names from which the<br />
system is to select one for allocation of the structure.<br />
See OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Setting Up a Sysplex, GC28-1779, for a complete<br />
description of all parameters for the Administrative Data Utility, IXCMIAPU.<br />
3.1.3 Activating the CFRM Policy<br />
After defining the cache structure for SYSIGGCAS_ECS in the CFRM policy, we<br />
activated that policy by issuing the SETXCF START,POLICY comm<strong>and</strong>. This can be<br />
issued from any system within the sysplex. Figure 7 shows the comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> the<br />
system messages that indicate successful activation. Your systems programmer<br />
or systems operator may have to activate the updated CFRM policy for you, if you<br />
do not have the required authority.<br />
Implementation 25
Figure 7. How to Start Using the CFRM Policy<br />
3.1.4 Connecting to the CF Structure<br />
26 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
SETXCF START,POLICY,POLNAME=CFRM01,TYPE=CFRM<br />
IXC511I START ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY CFRM01 FOR CFRM ACCEPTED<br />
IXC513I COMPLETED POLICY CHANGE FOR CFRM. 919<br />
CFRM01 POLICY IS ACTIVE.<br />
IEC377I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING: CONNECT COMPLETE<br />
IEC377I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING: AUTOADD IS NOT CURRENTLY ENABLED<br />
IXL014I IXLCONN REQUEST FOR STRUCTURE SYSIGGCAS_ECS 920<br />
WAS SUCCESSFUL. JOBNAME: CATALOG ASID: 002A<br />
CONNECTOR NAME: IXCLO00D0001 CFNAME: CF04<br />
IXL015I STRUCTURE ALLOCATION INFORMATION FOR 921<br />
STRUCTURE SYSIGGCAS_ECS, CONNECTOR NAME IXCLO00D0001<br />
CFNAME ALLOCATION STATUS/FAILURE REASON<br />
-------- ---------------------------------<br />
CF04 STRUCTURE ALLOCATED<br />
CF03 NO CONNECTIVITY<br />
As you can see from the IEC377I message in Figure 7, CAS automatically<br />
connected to the ECS structure as soon as it became available. All active<br />
systems in a sysplex are notified by the Coupling Facility about the altered<br />
structure <strong>and</strong> any other system’s CAS will connect to the structure at the same<br />
time. We recommend that you then issue a MODIFY CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS)<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> to verify the status of the Coupling Facility connection. From the<br />
corresponding status display shown in Figure 8, we could see that none of the<br />
catalogs currently open were eligible for ECS.<br />
F CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS)<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC380I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING 071<br />
*CAS**************************************************************<br />
* CF Connection: Connected *<br />
* ------------------CATALOG------------------- -----STATUS------ *<br />
* UCAT.OS3R7V01.VO37CAT Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX09 Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX01 Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* CATALOG.SHRICF1.VIODFPK Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 Inact(NotElig) *<br />
*CAS**************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 8. CAS ECS Status Display After Connecting to the Coupling Facility<br />
During initial program load (IPL), the CAS attempts to connect to the ECS<br />
structure in the Coupling Facility. For reference, we included the results that<br />
occur when an ECS structure has not been defined. Figure 9 shows the<br />
corresponding system error messages <strong>and</strong> the output from a CAS ECS status<br />
display. We will discuss the new MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>s in more detail in<br />
Chapter 4.1, “Using the Modify <strong>Catalog</strong> Comm<strong>and</strong>” on page 35. It is worth noting<br />
that for a Connect Failure status, the CAS gives the return <strong>and</strong> reason codes from<br />
the failing IXLCONN request. These codes are documented in OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS<br />
Programming: Sysplex Services Reference, GC28-1772. In this case, the
explanation is "The active CFRM policy for the installation does not specify the<br />
structure" for reason code xxxx0C05.<br />
IXL013I IXLCONN REQUEST FOR STRUCTURE SYSIGGCAS_ECS FAILED. 696<br />
JOBNAME: CATALOG ASID: 002A CONNECTOR NAME: N/A<br />
IXLCONN RETURN CODE: 0000000C, REASON CODE: 02010C05<br />
IEC377I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING: NOT CONNECTED:<br />
228-003(000C-0C05),SI<br />
IEC350I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND AVAILABLE<br />
IEC368I - CATALOG INITIALIZATION 699<br />
THE MULTILEVEL ALIAS FACILITY HAS BEEN INITIALIZED<br />
THE NUMBER OF LEVELS OF QUALIFICATION IS 1<br />
F CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS)<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC380I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING 316<br />
*CAS**************************************************************<br />
* CF Connection: Connect Failure RC: 0000000C RSN: 02010C05 *<br />
* ------------------CATALOG------------------- -----STATUS------ *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX09 Inact(Unknown) *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX01 Inact(Unknown) *<br />
* CATALOG.SHRICF1.VIODFPK Inact(Unknown) *<br />
* MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 Inact(Unknown) *<br />
*CAS**************************************************************<br />
Figure 9. CAS Connect Failure to ECS Structure at IPL <strong>and</strong> Status Display<br />
It is also possible to verify the status of the ECS structure in the Coupling Facility<br />
by issuing the DISPLAY XCF,STRUCTURE comm<strong>and</strong> for SYSIGGCAS_ECS. Figure 10<br />
shows the comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> the responses we received. From this display you can<br />
also see which other systems are connected to the structure. Note that the ECS<br />
structure is allocated with a disposition of DELETE, which will take effect when<br />
the last system in a sysplex disconnects from the structure.<br />
Implementation 27
28 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
D XCF,STR,STRNAME=SYSIGGCAS_ECS<br />
IXC360I 09.41.42 DISPLAY XCF 930<br />
STRNAME: SYSIGGCAS_ECS<br />
STATUS: ALLOCATED<br />
POLICY SIZE : 10240 K<br />
POLICY INITSIZE: 5120 K<br />
REBUILD PERCENT: N/A<br />
DUPLEX : DISABLED<br />
PREFERENCE LIST: CF03 CF04<br />
EXCLUSION LIST IS EMPTY<br />
ACTIVE STRUCTURE<br />
----------------<br />
ALLOCATION TIME: 04/07/1999 09:41:07<br />
CFNAME : CF04<br />
COUPLING FACILITY: 009672.<strong>IBM</strong>.02.000000049305<br />
PARTITION: D CPCID: 00<br />
ACTUAL SIZE : 5120 K<br />
STORAGE INCREMENT SIZE: 256 K<br />
VERSION : B20F9A13 A12AC040<br />
DISPOSITION : DELETE<br />
ACCESS TIME : NOLIMIT<br />
MAX CONNECTIONS: 32<br />
# CONNECTIONS : 2<br />
CONNECTION NAME ID VERSION SYSNAME JOBNAME ASID STATE<br />
---------------- -- -------- -------- -------- ---- ---------------<br />
IXCLO00D0001 01 00010001 SC63 CATALOG 002A ACTIVE<br />
IXCLO00D0002 02 00020001 SC64 CATALOG 002A ACTIVE<br />
Figure 10. XCF Structure Display for SYSIGGCAS_ECS<br />
3.1.5 Setting the ECSHR Attribute for Selected <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
For the catalogs that we selected to take advantage of this sharing protocol, we<br />
have to identify them as being ECS-eligible. This is accomplished by means of<br />
the ECSHARING attribute. On our systems, we chose to make the master catalog<br />
<strong>and</strong> one user catalog eligible for ECS. Figure 11 shows a sample job using the<br />
AMS ALTER comm<strong>and</strong> to alter the ECSHARING attribute for a user catalog. This job<br />
can run on any system sharing this catalog. Other catalogs kept their default<br />
attribute of NOECSHARING <strong>and</strong> are displayed by the CAS as Inact(NotElig).<br />
//ALTERCAT JOB (999,POK),'TATERS2',CLASS=A,REGION=4096K,<br />
// MSGCLASS=X,TIME=10,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//CATVOL DD DISP=OLD,VOL=SER=SBOX01,UNIT=3390<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
ALTER -<br />
UCAT.VSBOX01 -<br />
ECSHR -<br />
FILE(CATVOL)<br />
/*<br />
Figure 11. Altering the ECSHR Attribute
For test purposes, we defined another user catalog, using the AMS DEFINE job<br />
shown in Figure 12:<br />
//DEFUCAT JOB (999,POK),'TATERS2',CLASS=A,REGION=4096K,<br />
// MSGCLASS=X,TIME=10,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DEFINE USERCATALOG -<br />
(NAME(UCAT.VSTEST1) -<br />
CYL(2 1) -<br />
VOL(SBOX02) -<br />
ECSHARING -<br />
ICFCATALOG )<br />
/*<br />
Figure 12. Defining a User <strong>Catalog</strong> with the ECSHR Attribute<br />
3.1.6 Issuing the Automatic Add Comm<strong>and</strong><br />
Finally, we issued a MODIFY CATALOG,ECSHR(AUTOADD) comm<strong>and</strong> to signal to the CAS<br />
to automatically add ECS-eligible catalogs to the ECS structure. This will happen<br />
for any ECS-eligible catalog the next time it is referenced. In our case, this<br />
occurred when we issued the MODIFY CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS) comm<strong>and</strong> which<br />
counts as a reference to the catalogs. Figure 13 shows both these comm<strong>and</strong>s<br />
<strong>and</strong> the corresponding system messages that are returned. Notice that the<br />
Coupling Facility connection status changed to AutoAdd, <strong>and</strong> the altered catalogs’<br />
status to Active.<br />
F CATALOG,ECSHR(AUTOADD)<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC377I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING: AUTOADD ENABLED<br />
IEC377I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING: ALL ELIGIBLE CATALOGS ENABLED<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
F CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS)<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC380I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING 336<br />
*CAS**************************************************************<br />
* CF Connection: AutoAdd *<br />
* ------------------CATALOG------------------- -----STATUS------ *<br />
* UCAT.OS3R7V01.VO37CAT Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX09 Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX01 Active *<br />
* CATALOG.SHRICF1.VIODFPK Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 Active *<br />
*CAS**************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 13. Enabling the Automatic Add Function <strong>and</strong> Status Display<br />
Once the MODIFY CATALOG,ECSHR(AUTOADD) comm<strong>and</strong> has been issued on one<br />
system, all the CAS in the sysplex recognize this <strong>and</strong> start using this function.<br />
Implementation 29
30 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Additionally, when the ECSHR attribute is now set for a shared catalog, it will<br />
automatically be added to the ECS structure.<br />
All information about the Coupling Facility connections <strong>and</strong> the catalogs using<br />
ECS is kept in the ECS structure. This information will be lost when the last<br />
system in a sysplex disconnects from the structure. In this case, you will have to<br />
issue the MODIFY CATALOG,ECSHR(AUTOADD) comm<strong>and</strong> again to restart that function.<br />
3.2 Implementing Extended Alias Support<br />
In this section we discuss how to implement <strong>and</strong> begin using Extended Alias<br />
Support to access different non-VSAM data sets on different systems, using the<br />
same data set name. In this topic we describe:<br />
How to set the system symbols<br />
How to define an extended alias<br />
How to refer to an extended alias<br />
In the examples that follow we used load libraries for different releases of the<br />
Language Environment for OS/390. For all the steps involved we provide<br />
examples of definition <strong>and</strong> control statements, as well as related LISTCAT<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> job output.<br />
3.2.1 Setting the System Symbols<br />
System symbols are variables that are used to make system definitions more<br />
flexible in a shared system environment. However, introducing this flexibility can<br />
increase the potential for pointing users to libraries or data sets that they did not<br />
want to access. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully consider the<br />
system symbols that you use <strong>and</strong> the effect that they may have in your<br />
environment.<br />
System symbols are set using PARMLIB member IEASYMxx. For a<br />
comprehensive description of statements <strong>and</strong> parameters, please refer to the<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Initialization <strong>and</strong> Tuning Reference, SC28-1752. When<br />
specified in other PARMLIB members or in JCL, system symbols will be<br />
substituted by their current values on each system. Because an IPL is required to<br />
set the symbols on each system, you should give careful consideration to the<br />
names you are going to use before applying them to your environment.<br />
With DFSMS/MVS 1.4, you could use system symbols, for example &SYSR1, to<br />
specify VOLUMES for non-VSAM, non-SMS data sets. This is known as Indirect<br />
Volume Serial Support. With DFSMS/MVS 1.5, it is also possible to use system<br />
symbols in extended alias definitions for data set names. These can then be<br />
related to different real data set names on different systems. This can be useful<br />
when migrating from one software release to the next. The advantage of this<br />
function is that your JCL does not have to be modified with respect to the data set<br />
names that you wish to use. What you must consider is the system on which you<br />
run the job. Selecting the system on which you run the job can be accomplished<br />
by setting up job classes that run exclusively on selected systems.<br />
Figure 14 shows sample definitions for system symbols in our Sysplex:
SYSDEF SYSCLONE(&SYSNAME(3:2))<br />
SYMDEF(&SRES2='&SYSR1(1:5).2')<br />
SYMDEF(&SYSR2='&SYSR1(1:5).2')<br />
SYMDEF(&SYSR3='&SYSR1(1:5).3')<br />
SYMDEF(&ALLCLST1='CANCEL')<br />
SYMDEF(&CMDLIST1='&SYSCLONE.,00')<br />
SYMDEF(&LPALIST1='00')<br />
SYMDEF(&MLPALST1='OE')<br />
SYMDEF(&LELEVEL='R170')<br />
...<br />
(more global symbol definitions included)<br />
...<br />
SYSDEF HWNAME(SCZP601)<br />
LPARNAME(A8)<br />
SYSPARM(R3)<br />
SYSNAME(SC63)<br />
SYMDEF(&OMVSPARM='7A')<br />
SYSDEF HWNAME(SCZP601)<br />
LPARNAME(A9)<br />
SYSPARM(R3)<br />
SYSNAME(SC64)<br />
SYMDEF(&OMVSPARM='7A')<br />
SYSDEF HWNAME(SCZP101)<br />
LPARNAME(A3)<br />
SYSPARM(GR,R3)<br />
SYSNAME(SC65)<br />
SYMDEF(&OMVSPARM='5E')<br />
SYMDEF(&LELEVEL='R180')<br />
Figure 14. Sample Symbol Definitions Parmlib Member (IEASYMxx)<br />
For all the systems in our sysplex we set the global symbol &LELEVEL to ’R170’,<br />
<strong>and</strong> we used a local symbol definition to set a value of ’R180’ for system SC65. We<br />
use &LELEVEL in an extended alias definition for the data set name<br />
CEE.SCEELKED that will relate to different real data set names on different<br />
systems. Figure 15 shows our intention, with respect to the resolution of the alias<br />
name CEE.SCEELKED, to point to different real data set names on systems<br />
SC63, SC64 <strong>and</strong> SC65.<br />
Implementation 31
SC63<br />
CEE.SCEELKED<br />
32 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
SC64<br />
CEE.SCEELKED<br />
SB0X01 SB0X02<br />
CEE.R170.SCEELKED CEE.R180.SCEELKED<br />
Figure 15. Data Set Name Resolution for a Symbolic Alias on Different Systems<br />
At this stage we have not performed an IPL, so these system symbols will not<br />
take effect until an IPL has taken place on all systems.<br />
3.2.2 Defining an Extended Alias<br />
ThenextstepistousetheAMSDEFINE comm<strong>and</strong> to define an extended alias for<br />
CEE.SCEELKED. A new keyword, SYMBOLICRELATE, has been introduced to<br />
allow you to define an alias using a system symbol. If a period is to follow the<br />
system symbol, you must code two consecutive periods (..). There is no<br />
restriction defining the extended alias even though an IPL has not been carried<br />
out to activate the system symbol &LELEVEL. The job to define the extended<br />
alias can run on any system sharing the catalog in which the alias is defined.<br />
Figure 16 shows the job that we submitted:<br />
//DEFALIAS JOB (999,POK),'TATERS2',CLASS=A,REGION=4096K,<br />
// MSGCLASS=X,TIME=10,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DEFINE ALIAS -<br />
(NAME(CEE.SCEELKED) -<br />
SYMBOLICRELATE(CEE.&LELEVEL..SCEELKED)) -<br />
CATALOG(MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01)<br />
/*<br />
Figure 16. Defining an Extended Alias Using a System Symbol<br />
SC65<br />
CEE.SCEELKED
3.2.3 Referring to an Extended Alias<br />
As we stated earlier, an IPL is needed to set the system symbol used in an<br />
extended alias definition. Until that time, references to that alias will not be<br />
resolved. In our case, allocation requests to CEE.SCEELKED would have failed<br />
<strong>and</strong> a LISTCAT comm<strong>and</strong> issued for this entry would show the name of the system<br />
symbol in its associations group as shown in Figure 17:<br />
ALIAS --------- CEE.SCEELKED<br />
IN-CAT --- MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01<br />
HISTORY<br />
RELEASE----------------2<br />
ASSOCIATIONS<br />
NONVSAM--CEE.&LELEVEL..SCEELKED<br />
Figure 17. Extended Alias Name Resolution without the System Symbol Set<br />
After the next IPL, the system symbols defined in IEASYMxx have been set, <strong>and</strong><br />
references to CEE.SCEELKED will result in &LELEVEL being resolved to its<br />
intended value in each respective system. In Figure 18, you can see the output of<br />
the LISTCAT comm<strong>and</strong> on system SC63, <strong>and</strong> you can see that resolution has taken<br />
place as we intended:<br />
ALIAS --------- CEE.SCEELKED<br />
IN-CAT --- MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01<br />
HISTORY<br />
RELEASE----------------2<br />
ASSOCIATIONS<br />
NONVSAM--CEE.R170.SCEELKED<br />
Figure 18. Extended Alias Name Resolution with the System Symbol Set<br />
When used in JCL, the resolution of a symbolic alias is transparent to the<br />
end-user. As you can see from our sample JCL in Figure 19, which was run on<br />
systems SC63 <strong>and</strong> SC65, the alias name CEE.SCEELKED specified in the<br />
SYSLIB DD statement will also be used in the disposition message IEF285I. Itis<br />
only when the different target data sets reside on different volumes that you will<br />
see a difference from the device numbers in allocation message IEF237I <strong>and</strong> the<br />
volume serial numbers in message IEF285I.<br />
Note<br />
Because the system symbol is not resolved at the time of definition for a<br />
symbolic alias, there is no backward association from the related-to non-VSAM<br />
data set to its symbolic alias. As a consequence, symbolic aliases will not be<br />
deleted when deleting the non-VSAM data set to which they relate.<br />
Implementation 33
Figure 19. Using an Extended Alias in JCL<br />
3.2.4 Extended Alias Support for <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
34 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
...<br />
//LKED EXEC PGM=HEWL,COND=(8,LT,COBOL),REGION=1024K<br />
//SYSLIB DD DSNAME=CEE.SCEELKED,<br />
// DISP=SHR<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSLIN DD DSNAME=&&LOADSET,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)<br />
// DD DDNAME=SYSIN<br />
//SYSLMOD DD DSNAME=&&GOSET(&GOPGM),SPACE=(TRK,(10,10,1)),<br />
// UNIT=SYSDA,DISP=(MOD,PASS)<br />
//SYSUT1 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(10,10))<br />
...<br />
...<br />
IEF236I ALLOC. FOR TATERS2I LKED RUNIVP<br />
IEF237I 0CC1 ALLOCATED TO SYSLIB<br />
IEF237I JES2 ALLOCATED TO SYSPRINT<br />
IEF237I 2518 ALLOCATED TO SYSLIN<br />
IEF237I DMY ALLOCATED TO<br />
IGD100I 2518 ALLOCATED TO DDNAME SYSLMOD DATACLAS ( )<br />
IGD100I 2518 ALLOCATED TO DDNAME SYSUT1 DATACLAS ( )<br />
IEF142I TATERS2I LKED IGYWCLG - STEP WAS EXECUTED - COND CODE 0000<br />
IEF285I CEE.SCEELKED KEPT<br />
IEF285I VOL SER NOS= SBOX01.<br />
IEF285I TATERS2.TATERS2I.JOB03676.D0000102.? SYSOUT<br />
...<br />
...<br />
IEF236I ALLOC. FOR TATERS2I LKED RUNIVP<br />
IEF237I 0CC2 ALLOCATED TO SYSLIB<br />
IEF237I JES2 ALLOCATED TO SYSPRINT<br />
IEF237I 2518 ALLOCATED TO SYSLIN<br />
IEF237I DMY ALLOCATED TO<br />
IGD100I 2518 ALLOCATED TO DDNAME SYSLMOD DATACLAS ( )<br />
IGD100I 2518 ALLOCATED TO DDNAME SYSUT1 DATACLAS ( )<br />
IEF142I TATERS2I LKED IGYWCLG - STEP WAS EXECUTED - COND CODE 0000<br />
IEF285I CEE.SCEELKED KEPT<br />
IEF285I VOL SER NOS= SBOX02.<br />
IEF285I TATERS2.TATERS2I.JOB03677.D0000102.? SYSOUT<br />
...<br />
Extended Alias Support for catalogs uses the same principles as those<br />
associated with data sets. However, in the case of a catalog, the resolution of the<br />
symbolic string is done at CAS initialization or when the multi-level alias table is<br />
refreshed. As stated before, particular care <strong>and</strong> testing should be employed when<br />
using Extended Alias Support for catalogs to avoid unpredictable results.
Chapter 4. Operations<br />
In this chapter we discuss the system definitions <strong>and</strong> comm<strong>and</strong>s that can be used<br />
to control the way in which the catalog address space operates. We also<br />
recommend some checks that you can implement to monitor the health of your<br />
ECS environment.<br />
In the following sections we describe:<br />
How to use the Modify comm<strong>and</strong><br />
Operational procedure suggestions<br />
4.1 Using the Modify <strong>Catalog</strong> Comm<strong>and</strong><br />
In this section, we discuss the definitions <strong>and</strong> parameters that the CAS will use<br />
during IPL or CAS restart to set its operational characteristics. These can be<br />
displayed or changed once the CAS is active by using the MODIFY CATALOG<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. We will explain its parameters <strong>and</strong> their usage as it relates to the ECS<br />
environment <strong>and</strong> our test systems. Refer to Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914 for a<br />
complete description of CAS functions <strong>and</strong> OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System<br />
Comm<strong>and</strong>s, GC28-1781 for a complete comm<strong>and</strong> reference. We have included<br />
the current MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> syntax in Appendix B, “What’s Changed <strong>and</strong><br />
What’s New” on page 101.<br />
4.1.1 Setting the Initial CAS Options <strong>and</strong> Parameters<br />
When CAS is first started as part of the IPL process, the following system<br />
definitions will determine its operational characteristics:<br />
The SYSCAT statement in PARMLIB member LOADxx or the SYSCATxx<br />
member in SYS1.NUCLEUS<br />
An (optional) CLASS statement for NAME(IGGCAS) in PARMLIB member<br />
COFVLFxx<br />
An (optional) structure with the name SYSIGGCAS_ECS in an active CFRM<br />
policy<br />
The SYSCAT statement in LOADxx identifies:<br />
The master catalog<br />
The volume the master catalog resides on<br />
The initial state of SYS% to SYS1 conversion<br />
The initial alias name level<br />
The initial service task lower limit<br />
The high level qualifier of the tape volume catalog<br />
Other limits <strong>and</strong> functions are set to their initial default values. For example, the<br />
maximum number of open catalogs is set to 200, the dynamic dump function is<br />
set off, <strong>and</strong> the DELETE UCAT/VVDS WARNING is set on.<br />
Using a CLASS statement for NAME(IGGCAS) in COFVLFxx allows you to<br />
specify the names of user catalogs that are eligible for the catalog data space<br />
cache (CDSC). Since the CDSC is maintained by the virtual lookaside facility<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 35
36 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
(VLF), the CAS can start using it as soon as VLF has initialized. For a complete<br />
description of both the COFVLFxx <strong>and</strong> LOADxx parmlib members, see OS/390<br />
V2R7.0 MVS Initialization <strong>and</strong> Tuning Reference, SC28-1752.<br />
If there is a structure with the name SYSIGGCAS_ECS defined in an active CFRM<br />
policy, CAS will connect to it <strong>and</strong> use it for ECS. This is discussed in greater<br />
detail in Chapter 3.1, “Implementing <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong>” on page 23.<br />
4.1.2 Allocating <strong>Catalog</strong>s to the CAS<br />
During IPL, the first catalog request from the master address space causes the<br />
CAS to open the master catalog. Once the CAS is in full-function mode, CAS<br />
builds internal tables of user catalog names, their aliases <strong>and</strong> volume serial<br />
numbers from the entries in the master catalog. The CAS also attempts to<br />
connect to the ECS structure in an active CFRM policy.<br />
When a catalog function is requested for a data set whose high-level qualifier<br />
relates to a user catalog, that catalog will be opened by the CAS. Records read<br />
from a catalog can be kept in a cache that can be either an in-storage cache<br />
(ISC) within the CAS, or a catalog data space cache (CDSC) maintained by VLF.<br />
For a shared catalog that is eligible for ECS, its VVR is maintained in the ECS<br />
structure in the coupling facility.<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>s will remain open to the CAS until either the maximum number of open<br />
catalogs (CATMAX) is reached, or a catalog is explicitly closed using the MODIFY<br />
CATALOG,CLOSE comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
4.1.3 Controlling the CAS Environment<br />
You can use the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> to:<br />
Obtain information about the current CAS environment including:<br />
The status of allocated catalogs<br />
The current setting of options <strong>and</strong> parameters<br />
The service level of specific catalog modules<br />
Make temporary changes to the CAS environment including:<br />
Closing or unallocating catalogs<br />
Changing the current setting of options <strong>and</strong> parameters<br />
Fix temporary catalog problems by:<br />
Rebuilding control blocks after closing or unallocating catalogs<br />
Terminating service tasks that will not complete<br />
Simplify system maintenance procedures by:<br />
Unallocating catalogs <strong>and</strong> VVDS’s to allow a volume recovery<br />
Restarting the CAS with a new service level in IGG0CLX0 only
Various parameters can be used to control the status of catalogs, VVDS’s,<br />
service tasks <strong>and</strong> other items in the CAS. Table 4 shows a summary of<br />
parameters for the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> by resource type.<br />
Table 4. MODIFY CATALOG Parameters by Resource Type<br />
Resource Type Use to Display Use to Modify<br />
CAS modules REPORT<br />
ENTRY<br />
CAS options REPORT<br />
REPORT,DUMP<br />
CAS performance REPORT,CACHE<br />
REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
CAS service task LIST<br />
LISTJ(jobname)<br />
REPORT<br />
catalog BCS ALLOCATED<br />
ECSHR(STATUS,catname)<br />
REPORT,CACHE<br />
REPORT,CACHE<br />
RESTART<br />
ABEND(ALLOCATE|ANALYSIS|<br />
MODIFY)<br />
ALIASLEVEL(n)<br />
CATMAX(xx)<br />
DUMPON|DUMPOFF<br />
ROTATE|NOROTATE<br />
SYS%ON|SYS%OFF<br />
TASKMAX(xx)<br />
WARNING|NOWARNING<br />
ISC|NOISC, VLF|NOVLF<br />
ECSHR,<br />
CATMAX(xx), TASKMAX(xx) a<br />
ABEND(id|taskaddr)<br />
END(id)<br />
TASKMAX(xx)<br />
ALLOCATE<br />
CLOSE<br />
ECSHR(ENABLE|REMOVE)<br />
ISC|NOISC<br />
UNALLOCATE<br />
VLF|NOVLF<br />
ECS ECSHR(STATUS) ECSHR(AUTOADD|CONNECT|<br />
DISCONNECT|ENABLEALL)<br />
volume ALLOCATED(volser) UNALLOCATE<br />
VUNALLOCATE|NOVUNALLOCATE<br />
VVDS<br />
REPORT<br />
VCLOSE<br />
VUNALLOCATE|NOVUNALLOCATE<br />
a. These parameters all have an influence on CAS performance. However, they cannot be used<br />
to set catalog performance directly.<br />
4.1.4 Controlling the Status of <strong>Catalog</strong>s in the CAS<br />
To obtain a status summary of all catalogs currently allocated to the CAS, we<br />
recommend that you issue the MODIFY CATALOG,ALLOCATED comm<strong>and</strong>. It reflects the<br />
status of any catalog currently allocated to the CAS. If you want to restrict the<br />
status display to catalogs residing on a specific volume, you can specify that<br />
volume with the comm<strong>and</strong>. Figure 20 shows a sample response to a MODIFY<br />
CATALOG,ALLOCATED comm<strong>and</strong>, which provides information about:<br />
The allocation status of catalogs<br />
The caching status of catalogs<br />
The sharing status of catalogs<br />
Operations 37
Figure 20. Allocated <strong>Catalog</strong>s Status Display<br />
38 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
F CATALOG,ALLOCATED<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC348I ALLOCATED CATALOGS 219<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
* FLAGS -VOLSER-USER-CATALOG NAME *<br />
* Y-I-R- SBOX09 0001 UCAT.VSBOX09 *<br />
* Y-I-E- SBOX01 0001 UCAT.VSBOX01 *<br />
* Y-I-R- IODFPK 0001 CATALOG.SHRICF1.VIODFPK *<br />
* Y-I-E- SBOX01 0001 MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 *<br />
*******************************************************************<br />
* Y/N-ALLOCATED TO CAS, S-SMS, V-VLF, I-ISC, C-CLOSED, D-DELETED, *<br />
* R-SHARED, A-ATL, E-ECS SHARED, K-LOCKED *<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
The multi-line message IEC348I describes the meaning of the status flags after<br />
the last catalog is displayed.<br />
Controlling the Caching Status of <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
If the status flags for a catalog indicate that it is cached in ISC (--I---) or VLF<br />
(--V---), or that it uses ECS (----E-), you can obtain more detailed information by<br />
using the REPORT,CACHE or the ECSHR(STATUS) parameters of the MODIFY<br />
CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>. If you are interested in information relating to a specific<br />
catalog, you can specify its name with the comm<strong>and</strong> to restrict the output to that<br />
catalog. Figure 21 shows a sample catalog cache report.<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,CACHE<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG CACHE REPORT 014<br />
*CAS******************************************************************<br />
* HIT% -RECORDS- -SEARCHES --FOUND-- -DELETES- -SHR UPD- --PURGE-- *<br />
* *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX09 (ISC) *<br />
* 66% 8 24 16 0 0 1 *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX01 (ISC) *<br />
* 55% 12 47 26 3 0 10 *<br />
* MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 (ISC) *<br />
* 70% 271 1,450 1,018 0 0 4 *<br />
* *<br />
*CAS******************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 21. <strong>Catalog</strong> Cache Statistics Report<br />
Two kinds of cache can be used to keep catalog records in the CAS or in a data<br />
space maintained by VLF. The in-storage catalog cache (ISC) is the default cache<br />
for all catalogs <strong>and</strong> should always be used for the master catalog. Alternatively,<br />
user catalog records can be cached in the catalog data space cache (CDSC)<br />
using VLF. See Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914 for a complete description of<br />
both caching methods.<br />
To limit the amount of storage used in CAS, or to overcome the fixed limit for each<br />
user catalog in the ISC, you may want to prevent a catalog from using the ISC
<strong>and</strong> start using the CDSC for it. To do this, you can use the ISC/NOISC <strong>and</strong> the<br />
VLF/NOVLF parameters of the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>. However, you may have<br />
to update the CLASS definitions for NAME(IGGCAS) in PARMLIB member<br />
COFVLFxx <strong>and</strong> restart VLF before you can use the CDSC for a catalog.<br />
Controlling the <strong>Sharing</strong> Status of <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
From the flags in the allocated catalogs status display (Figure 20), it is possible to<br />
tell if a catalog is being shared using VVDS mode (R) orusingECS(E). If the flags<br />
do not show an ’R’ oran’E’ in the 5th position, the catalog is not shared, <strong>and</strong> also<br />
indicates that it does not reside on a shared volume, or is not defined with<br />
SHAREOPTIONS(3,4). For more information about catalog sharing problems,<br />
refer to 6.3, “<strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> Problems” on page 77.<br />
This display shows only the known sharing status on the issuing system. To<br />
determine whether a catalog is being shared correctly in a sysplex, you must<br />
verify that all systems show ’R’ or’E’.<br />
If the allocated catalogs status display shows that catalogs are not using ECS,<br />
although you have defined them as eligible for ECSHARING, we recommend that<br />
you issue the MODIFY CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS) comm<strong>and</strong> to determine why ECS is<br />
not being used for those catalogs. The message IEC380I that is issued in<br />
response shows information only for catalogs that are open to the CAS on this<br />
system. ECS can be used for other catalogs on other systems in the sysplex.<br />
Refer to Figure 22 for a sample ECS status display, which shows various reasons<br />
for ECS not being used:<br />
Inact(NotElig) for two user catalogs, UCAT.VSBOX09 <strong>and</strong><br />
CATALOG.SHRICF.VIODFPK, which have not been defined for ECSHARING.<br />
Inact(NonECSAcc) for a user catalog, UCAT.VSTEST1, which is temporarily<br />
ineligible for ECS, because it has been accessed by a non-ECS system (using<br />
VVDS mode sharing) or explicitly been removed from the ECS structure.<br />
Inact(CFFail) for the master catalog, MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01, <strong>and</strong> a user<br />
catalog, UCAT.VSBOX01, which are not using ECS because of a connection<br />
failure to the ECS structure in the coupling facility.<br />
As you can see from the CF Connection: Connected status in Figure 22, the<br />
connection failure to the Coupling Facility has occurred on another system in the<br />
sysplex. In this example, the connection failure caused the AUTOADD function to<br />
quiesce on the systems that are still connected. In this case, you will have to use<br />
the ECSHR(AUTOADD) parameter of the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> to reactivate<br />
the AUTOADD function. Also, you may have to re-enable catalogs that have been<br />
marked temporarily ineligible by using the ECSHR(ENABLE) or<br />
ECSHR(ENABLEALL) parameters.<br />
For a complete description of the Coupling Facility connection <strong>and</strong> catalog ECS<br />
status values, see OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Messages, Vol 4 (IEC-IFD),<br />
GC28-1787. The current status descriptions are also included in Appendix B.2,<br />
“New <strong>and</strong> Changed Messages” on page 108.<br />
Operations 39
40 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
F CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS)<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC380I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING 410<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
* CF Connection: Connected *<br />
* ------------------CATALOG------------------- -----STATUS------ *<br />
* UCAT.VSTEST1 Inact(NonECSAcc) *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX09 Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* UCAT.VSBOX01 Inact(CFFail) *<br />
* CATALOG.SHRICF1.VIODFPK Inact(NotElig) *<br />
* MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 Inact(CFFail) *<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 22. ECS Status Display With <strong>Catalog</strong>s Not Using ECS<br />
If you want a catalog to use ECS that has not been defined for ECSHARING, you<br />
can change the attribute for that catalog using the AMS ALTER comm<strong>and</strong>. Refer to<br />
3.1.5, “Setting the ECSHR Attribute for Selected <strong>Catalog</strong>s” on page 28 for more<br />
details. As long as the ECS requirements are met, <strong>and</strong> if the AUTOADD function<br />
is enabled, the catalog will start using ECS on the next reference to that catalog.<br />
In the same way, the sharing mode for a catalog will revert from ECS to VVDS<br />
sharing, if its attribute is changed back to NOECSHR by the AMS ALTER<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Changing other attributes for a catalog, however, does not have an immediate<br />
effect. For example, if you change the SHAREOPTIONS for a catalog to indicate<br />
that it can now be shared amongst systems, you will have to close the catalog in<br />
the CAS using the CLOSE parameter of the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>. The CAS<br />
will then open it again on the next reference to the catalog, <strong>and</strong> honor its changed<br />
attributes.<br />
When a catalog is closed, all associated private storage will be freed in the CAS,<br />
<strong>and</strong> allocated cache space will be released. Also, if the catalog was using VLF for<br />
caching, the space used for it in the CDSC will become available for use by other<br />
catalogs.<br />
Likewise, the VCLOSE parameter of the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> is used to<br />
close the VVDS on a specific volume. The private storage used in CAS for the<br />
VVDS will be freed. The VVDS will be reopened on the next catalog request that<br />
needs information for data sets on this volume.<br />
Controlling the Allocation Status of <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
To get a catalog unallocated from CAS, you can use the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong><br />
with the UNALLOCATE parameter. This might become necessary when you want<br />
to vary the device offline on which the catalog resides.<br />
To have CAS unallocate a VVDS, you can use the VUNALLOCATE parameter of<br />
the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>. The default setting for VUNALLOCATE is on, which<br />
indicates that a VVDS is to be unallocated on completion of a request. However,<br />
it may have been turned off using the NOVUNALLOCATE parameter, which can<br />
improve performance by eliminating repeated dynamic allocation <strong>and</strong><br />
unallocation requests for the VVDS’s.
4.1.5 Controlling Options <strong>and</strong> Settings in the CAS<br />
To review the current settings of the CAS options <strong>and</strong> parameters, issue the<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT comm<strong>and</strong>. Figure 23 shows the sample output from this<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. Note that all numerical data, including the numbers <strong>and</strong> limits of<br />
service tasks <strong>and</strong> open catalogs, is displayed in hexadecimal. Additional<br />
information, such as the catalog component level (FMID), the address space<br />
number of the CAS, <strong>and</strong> its TCB addresses, will be helpful for diagnostic<br />
purposes.<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG REPORT OUTPUT 232<br />
*CAS**************************************<br />
* CATALOG COMPONENT LEVEL = HDZ11E0 *<br />
* CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE ASN = 002A *<br />
* SERVICE TASK UPPER LIMIT = 000000B4 *<br />
* HIGHEST # SERVICE TASKS = 0006 *<br />
* CURRENT # SERVICE TASKS = 0006 *<br />
* MAXIMUM # OPEN CATALOGS = 000000C8 *<br />
* ALIAS TABLE AVAILABLE = YES *<br />
* ALIAS LEVELS SPECIFIED = 1 *<br />
* CRT TABLE SLOT ROTATION = OFF *<br />
* SYS% TO SYS1 CONVERSION = OFF *<br />
* CAS MOTHER TASK = 00896A70 *<br />
* CAS MODIFY TASK = 008968D8 *<br />
* CAS ANALYSIS TASK = 00896178 *<br />
* CAS ALLOCATION TASK = 008963A8 *<br />
* VOLCAT HI-LEVEL QUALIFIER = SYS1 *<br />
* VUNALLOCATE = ON *<br />
* DELETE UCAT/VVDS WARNING = ON *<br />
*CAS**************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 23. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Report Output<br />
Modifying Current CAS Options<br />
You can set the maximum number of open catalogs <strong>and</strong> the service task upper<br />
limit using the CATMAX <strong>and</strong> TASKMAX parameters of the MODIFY CATALOG<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. These settings will have an effect on catalog performance. Refer to<br />
“Monitoring the Performance Parameters for CAS” on page 47, for more<br />
information on catalog performance indicators.<br />
If you plan to change the search level for the multi-level alias facility, you can use<br />
the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ALIASLEVEL parameter to temporarily set<br />
the search level for testing purposes. When you have tested an alias level<br />
successfully, you should set the initial alias search level in the SYSCAT<br />
statement in parmlib member LOADxx or the SYSCATxx member in<br />
SYS1.NUCLEUS.<br />
The current setting of the DELETE comm<strong>and</strong> using the UCAT/VVDS WARNING<br />
option determines if WTOR messages IDC1997I or IDC1998I should be issued<br />
when an AMS DELETE USERCATALOG FORCE comm<strong>and</strong> or a DELETE RECOVERY for a<br />
VVDS is about to be executed. These messages have to be replied to with ’Y’ to<br />
confirm the deletion of the catalog or VVDS. If you do not want the CAS to issue<br />
these messages, you can use the NOWARNING parameter of the MODIFY CATALOG<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> to turn off this option.<br />
Operations 41
42 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Determining the Current Dynamic Dump Status<br />
To check the dynamic dump status of the CAS, you can use the REPORT,DUMP<br />
parameter of the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>. Figure 24 shows a sample dump<br />
report output. Initially, the dynamic dump status will be OFF, but you may be<br />
asked by support personnel of the <strong>IBM</strong> Support Center to turn it ON for diagnostic<br />
purposes. This can be done by using the DUMPON parameter of the MODIFY<br />
CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>, <strong>and</strong> optionally, specifying catalog return <strong>and</strong> reason codes <strong>and</strong><br />
a module ID for which dumps are to be taken.<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,DUMP<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG REPORT DUMP OUTPUT 021<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
* STATUS RETURN CODE REASON CODE MODULE ID COUNT *<br />
* ON 194 008 ** 001 *<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 24. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Dynamic Dump Report<br />
Determining the Service Level of <strong>Catalog</strong> Modules<br />
To determine the starting address <strong>and</strong> the service level of the catalog modules<br />
currently in use, issue the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ENTRY parameter<br />
<strong>and</strong>, optionally, a module name. See Figure 25 for the sample comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> its<br />
related output. This kind of information can be helpful for diagnostic purposes.<br />
F CATALOG,ENTRY(IGG0CLSH)<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC349I DISPLAY ENTRY POINT(S) 089<br />
*CAS****************************************<br />
* NAME - ADDRESS - FMID/LEVEL *<br />
* IGG0CLSH 00008948 HDZ11E0/OW39071 *<br />
*CAS****************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 25. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Module Entry Display<br />
In the example above, the service level of module IGG0CLSH is OW39071. If the<br />
entry name IGG0CLSH is omitted, all CAS modules <strong>and</strong> their service levels are<br />
displayed.<br />
Obtaining CAS Performance Statistics<br />
To obtain performance statistics about the frequency <strong>and</strong> timings for system<br />
functions requested by CAS, you can issue the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the<br />
REPORT,PERFORMANCE parameter. Figure 26 shows a sample catalog<br />
performance report. This information can be helpful when you need to identify<br />
performance problems. If you want to monitor the system events for a specific<br />
time period, you can reset the statistic values using the RESET subparameter.<br />
The types of events that you will want to look at depend on the type of<br />
performance problem that you experience on your systems. As far as ECS is<br />
concerned, you will notice differences in the numbers of VVDS RESERVEs,<br />
VVDS DEQs <strong>and</strong> VVDS I/Os, compared to VVDS mode sharing. Refer to 4.2.4,<br />
“Performance Statistics” on page 47 for more details.
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG PERFORMANCE REPORT 398<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
* -----CATALOG EVENT---- --COUNT-- ---AVERAGE--- *<br />
* Entries to <strong>Catalog</strong> 50,420 9.651 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Shr Sys 50,567 0.613 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Excl Sys 33 0.472 MSEC *<br />
* BCS DEQ 99,904 0.452 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE CI 45 0.396 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS DEQ CI 43 0.218 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE Shr 12,641 1.140 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE Excl 1,142 5.637 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS DEQ 13,619 0.506 MSEC *<br />
* SPHERE ENQ Excl Sys 6 0.485 MSEC *<br />
* SPHERE DEQ 6 0.263 MSEC *<br />
* CAXWA ENQ Shr 3 0.013 MSEC *<br />
* CAXWA DEQ 3 0.011 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM ENQ 50,610 0.974 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM DEQ 50,610 0.112 MSEC *<br />
* RPL ENQ 7,108 0.455 MSEC *<br />
* RPL DEQ 7,108 0.119 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Get 55,117 1.346 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Put 4 2.067 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Erase 1 1.575 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS I/O 11,565 2.877 MSEC *<br />
* VLF Define Major 3 0.045 MSEC *<br />
* VLF Identify 10,207 0.000 MSEC *<br />
* RMM Exit 1 0.002 MSEC *<br />
* Tape Exit 1 0.001 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Allocate 4 0.382 MSEC *<br />
* SMF Write 18 0.089 MSEC *<br />
* ENQ SYSZCATS Shr 4 0.381 MSEC *<br />
* DEQ SYSZCATS 2 0.134 MSEC *<br />
* IXLCONN 2 1.510 SEC *<br />
* IXLCACHE Read 33,220 0.208 MSEC *<br />
* IXLCACHE Write 13 0.172 MSEC *<br />
* IXLVECTR 57,461 0.009 MSEC *<br />
* Resolve Symbolic 24 0.570 MSEC *<br />
* MVS Allocate 4 255.055 MSEC *<br />
* ENQ SYSZCATS LCB 2 0.366 MSEC *<br />
* DEQ SYSZCATS LCB 2 0.214 MSEC *<br />
* Lookup/Pin UCB 4 0.032 MSEC *<br />
* Unpin UCB 4 0.014 MSEC *<br />
* Capture UCB 5 0.021 MSEC *<br />
* Uncapture UCB 1,148 0.030 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Auth 49,455 0.660 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Define 4 0.446 MSEC *<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 26. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Performance Report<br />
Operations 43
4.1.6 Controlling the Status of Service Tasks in CAS<br />
44 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
To obtain a summary display of currently active service tasks in the CAS, use the<br />
LIST or the LISTJ parameter of the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>. Figure 27 shows a<br />
sample service tasks display output which includes the job <strong>and</strong> step names of the<br />
requestor <strong>and</strong> the associated service task ID. This task ID can be used to end a<br />
request that does not complete, for example in case of an enqueue lockout. You<br />
can use the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the END parameter to end a catalog<br />
request. If the service task still does not end, you can attempt to end the request<br />
abnormally by using the ABEND parameter <strong>and</strong> either the service task ID or the<br />
TASK ADDRESS specified.<br />
F CATALOG,LIST<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC347I LIST CATALOG TASK(S) 561<br />
*CAS****************************************************************<br />
* FLAGS - TASK ADDRESS - JOBNAME / STEPNAME - ELAPSED TIME - ID *<br />
* -W--R- 00891B40 TATERS2L / STEP1 00.00.01 01 *<br />
* -W--R- 00893E88 TATERS2K / STEP1 00.00.01 02 *<br />
* -W-E-- 00893470 TATERS2N / STEP1 00.00.01 05 *<br />
* WAITING FOR VVDS I/O FROM 000597AA FOR 00.00.01 *<br />
********************************************************************<br />
* O-OLDEST, W-WAIT, A-ABEND, E-ENQ, R-RECALL, L-RLS *<br />
*CAS****************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 27. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Service Tasks Display<br />
If you need more detailed information about the status of a service task, use<br />
LISTJ with the DETAIL parameter. Figure 28 shows the sample output from this<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. This information can be helpful in determining why a request will not<br />
complete.<br />
F CATALOG,LISTJ(TATERS2L),DETAIL<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC347I LIST CATALOG TASK(S) 992<br />
*CAS******************************************************************<br />
* JOB/STEP Name: TATERS2L/STEP1 ASN: 001E TCB: 008E12D0 *<br />
* CAS TCB: 00891B40 Task Number: 01 TCB Comp Code: 00000000 *<br />
* CCX: 08290000 CCA: 7F754000 CCAPROB: 00000000 *<br />
* CTGPL: 04118102 7F5E4CDC 7F5E4CD8 7F5E4E30 *<br />
* 2100FF07 00000000 00000000 *<br />
* Request Type: Listcat *<br />
* CTGENT: SYS1.V2R5M0.SIATLIB *<br />
* CCASRCH: SYS1.V2R5M0.SIATLIB *<br />
* Oriented to: MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 *<br />
* Waiting for: VVDS I/O at 000596A2 for 00.00.01 *<br />
* VDSPM ENQ: EXCL *<br />
* MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 *<br />
*CAS******************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 28. Sample <strong>Catalog</strong> Task Detail Display<br />
4.1.7 Controlling <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> in CAS<br />
We have already discussed using the ECSHR(STATUS) parameter of the MODIFY<br />
CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> to determine the status of enhanced catalog sharing in
“Connecting to the CF Structure” on page 26, “Issuing the Automatic Add<br />
Comm<strong>and</strong>” on page 29, <strong>and</strong> “Controlling the Status of <strong>Catalog</strong>s in the CAS” on<br />
page 37. We have seen that the CAS will use ECS if it can connect to the ECS<br />
structure in the Coupling Facility, <strong>and</strong> the automatic add function is enabled.<br />
Under normal conditions, no further operator intervention is required to maintain<br />
ECS. In some special situations, however, you may need to use the following<br />
subparameters of ECSHR:<br />
DISCONNECT will disconnect the current system from the ECS structure in<br />
the Coupling Facility. All open catalogs will revert their sharing protocol from<br />
ECS to VVDS mode, <strong>and</strong> the automatic add function will be disabled. This will<br />
become necessary when you want to change the size of the ECS structure in<br />
the CFRM policy, or when service has to be applied to the Coupling Facility.<br />
CONNECT will connect the current system to the ECS structure in the<br />
Coupling Facility. Normally, the CAS will automatically connect to the Coupling<br />
Facility as soon as a CFRM policy with an ECS structure is activated. You<br />
might want to use the CONNECT subparameter if CAS does not connect<br />
automatically, <strong>and</strong> you want to determine the reason for the non-connectivity<br />
from the resultant output.<br />
AUTOADD will cause ECS-eligible catalogs to be added to the ECS structure<br />
in the Coupling Facility on the next reference to the catalog. You will need this<br />
subparameter to re-enable automatic add function after losing the ECS<br />
structure by a sysplex-wide IPL, a sysplex-wide CAS restart, a Coupling<br />
Facility connection failure, or after an explicit DISCONNECT request has been<br />
issued.<br />
ENABLEALL will enable all currently open catalogs for ECS that have been<br />
marked temporarily ineligible. You may want to use the ENABLEALL<br />
subparameter when catalogs have been explicitly REMOVEd from the ECS<br />
structure, or have been accessed by another system using VVDS mode<br />
sharing.<br />
4.1.8 Restarting CAS<br />
To activate maintenance that has been applied to the catalog load module<br />
IGG0CLX0 only, you must restart CAS by issuing the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong><br />
with the RESTART parameter. Be sure to have LLA refreshed before restarting<br />
the CAS. Service applied to modules other than those in IGG0CLX0 will affect the<br />
MVS link pack area (LPA). In this case, you must update LPA by either performing<br />
an IPL with the CLPA option, or use the MLPA function. Take care that you do not<br />
have different levels of service active in the IGG0CLX0 load module <strong>and</strong> in LPA.<br />
You may want to restart the CAS in other rare circumstances, such as when<br />
problems cannot be resolved by terminating service tasks, or closing or<br />
unallocating catalogs. You should, however, always try to solve a problem on a<br />
task or catalog basis first. Refer to “CAS Hang or Lockout Situations” on page 79,<br />
for a discussion of how to attempt resolution of problems in the CAS <strong>and</strong> the<br />
diagnostic information that you should gather before you attempt resolution.<br />
4.1.9 Sysplex Considerations<br />
Most of the parameters for the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> affect only the CAS of<br />
the system on which the comm<strong>and</strong> is issued. With ECS, comm<strong>and</strong>s that affect the<br />
Operations 45
4.2 Operational Procedures<br />
46 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
ECS structure in the coupling facility will have a sysplex-wide scope. The ECSHR<br />
subparameters that will have an effect on other systems are:<br />
AUTOADD will enable the automatic add function for all systems connected to<br />
the ECS structure in the Coupling Facility.<br />
ENABLE | ENABLEALL will re-enable a specific catalog or all catalogs open to<br />
the CAS for ECS on all systems connected to the ECS structure in the<br />
Coupling Facility. Note that this may also re-enable catalogs for ECS that have<br />
been explicitly REMOVEd from another system.<br />
REMOVE will remove the specified catalog from the ECS structure in the<br />
Coupling Facility <strong>and</strong> revert its sharing protocol from ECS to VVDS mode on<br />
all connected systems.<br />
DISCONNECT will disable the automatic add function for all other systems<br />
connected to the ECS structure, <strong>and</strong> revert the sharing protocol for all<br />
catalogs open to the CAS from ECS to VVDS mode sharing.<br />
In this section we discuss some operational procedures that you may want to<br />
install in order to maintain your catalogs’ integrity <strong>and</strong> your CAS’ performance.<br />
4.2.1 Monitoring the <strong>Sharing</strong> Status for <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
You may want to install automated procedures to check regularly that catalogs<br />
which should be shared are actually being shared. The conditions for sharing<br />
may be lost, for example, by inadvertently altering the sharing attributes of a<br />
catalog, or by changing the definition for the device on which a catalog resides.<br />
This would result in an integrity exposure that might not be detected for a long<br />
period of time.<br />
To monitor the sharing status of catalogs, we recommend that you issue the<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,ALLOCATED comm<strong>and</strong> from an automated procedure. The procedure<br />
could then parse the text from the responding message IEC348I (see Figure 20 on<br />
page 38), <strong>and</strong> check the 5th position of the flags for an ’R’ (VVDS mode sharing)<br />
or an ’E’ (ECS).<br />
4.2.2 Monitoring the CF Connection Status for ECS<br />
You might also consider checking the Coupling Facility connection status for ECS<br />
at regular intervals. Although catalog integrity will be maintained when their<br />
sharing protocol is reverted from ECS to VVDS mode, performance will be<br />
degraded.<br />
We recommend using the MODIFY CATALOG,ECSHR(STATUS) from an automated<br />
procedure to monitor the status of the Coupling Facility connection. The third line<br />
of the responding message IEC380I (see Figure 22 on page 40) can be parsed to<br />
determine the connection status. The ECS status for all open catalogs will be<br />
displayed in the subsequent lines of this multi-line message.<br />
Additionally, you may want to include messages IEC377I, IEC378I <strong>and</strong> IEC381I in a<br />
NetView automation table. These messages report updates for the Coupling<br />
Facility connection status, the ECS status for a single catalog, or a connection<br />
failure to the Coupling Facility on another system.
4.2.3 Monitoring the Performance Parameters for CAS<br />
As we have mentioned before in “Controlling Options <strong>and</strong> Settings in the CAS” on<br />
page 41, you can issue the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the<br />
REPORT,PERFORMANCE parameter to obtain a list of statistics for system<br />
functions requested by the CAS. In most cases, you will only want to take a closer<br />
look at these statistics when you suspect a performance problem with your CAS.<br />
As these performance statistics are very much dependent on the type of workload<br />
in your environment, there are no general guidelines as to what the figures should<br />
look like. You might consider obtaining the performance statistics for your<br />
environment on a regular basis, <strong>and</strong> then reset them to zero using the RESET<br />
subparameter. This enables you to compare your current values with those of the<br />
previous time period <strong>and</strong> detect potential performance problems if some of the<br />
figures differ significantly.<br />
In addition to the checks mentioned earlier in this section, you may consider<br />
checking the following settings that have an influence on CAS performance:<br />
ISC|NOISC, VLF|NOVLF. The response to a MODIFY CATALOG,ALLOCATED<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> (see Figure 20 on page 38) will display in the third position of the<br />
flags field, to show how (’I’ for ISC <strong>and</strong> ’V’ for VLF) a catalog is cached.<br />
VUNALLOCATE|NOVUNALLOCATE. The response to a MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> (see Figure 23 on page 41) will tell you whether dynamically<br />
allocated VVDSs will be unallocated on completion of a request. Performance<br />
can be improved by specifying NOVUNALLOCATE which eliminates repeated<br />
dynamic allocations of a VVDS.<br />
CATMAX. The response to a MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT comm<strong>and</strong> will also tell you<br />
(in hexadecimal) the current maximum number of open catalogs. When this<br />
limit is reached, the least recently used catalog is closed. It will be opened<br />
again on the next request for this catalog. The results of the MODIFY<br />
CATALOG,ALLOCATED, discussed in “Controlling the Status of <strong>Catalog</strong>s in the<br />
CAS” on page 37, displays all allocated catalogs. The CATMAX value should<br />
be set larger than this number for the best performance. Setting CATMAX too<br />
low can cause serious performance problems.<br />
TASKMAX. The current maximum number of CAS service tasks will also be<br />
displayed (in hexadecimal) in the response to a MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. Once this limit is reached, additional requests to the CAS will be<br />
delayed until an active request is completed.<br />
Note that most of these settings that could improve performance, could also<br />
increase the amount of storage needed in the CAS for related control blocks. If<br />
you experience storage shortages in your CAS (indicated by system 878<br />
abends), you will have to balance the benefits gained from higher limits against<br />
the drawbacks of increased storage requirements.<br />
4.2.4 Performance Statistics<br />
Although it was not within our scope to present real-world performance figures<br />
here, due to the workload on the system, we will show some figures gathered by<br />
the F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE comm<strong>and</strong>. These figures will show the<br />
difference between ECS <strong>and</strong> VVDS sharing <strong>and</strong> the benefits that we were able to<br />
gain.<br />
Operations 47
48 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Even though this information was gathered in a test environment <strong>and</strong> not a<br />
production environment, the statistics provided by the catalog performance report<br />
can be used to show differences between ECS <strong>and</strong> VVDS sharing mode.<br />
LISTCAT<br />
With the first test, the ECS is active <strong>and</strong> the master catalog in ECS mode, we<br />
issued the:<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE(RESET)<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> to reset all performance reporting information to zero.<br />
Next, we submitted an AMS LISTCAT ALL job against our shared master catalog<br />
which contained a total of 4,554 entries. The total elapsed time for that AMS<br />
LISTCAT job was 18 seconds. A performance report was taken after the AMS<br />
LISTCAT job by the comm<strong>and</strong>:<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
This report is shown in Figure 29.<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG PERFORMANCE REPORT 055<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
* -----CATALOG EVENT---- --COUNT-- ---AVERAGE--- *<br />
* Entries to <strong>Catalog</strong> 4,566 3.238 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Shr Sys 4,566 0.480 MSEC *<br />
* BCS DEQ 9,131 0.227 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE Shr 344 0.461 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE Excl 102 0.468 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS DEQ 446 0.282 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM ENQ 4,566 0.021 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM DEQ 4,566 0.016 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Get 4,794 0.123 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS I/O 242 1.939 MSEC *<br />
* IXLVECTR 9,134 0.006 MSEC *<br />
* Resolve Symbolic 3 0.293 MSEC *<br />
* Uncapture UCB 102 0.022 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Auth 4,577 0.366 MSEC *<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 29. Performance Report after LISTCAT in ECS Mode<br />
We then submitted the same AMS LISTCAT ALL job but in VVDS sharing mode.<br />
Figure 30 shows the performance report taken after the AMS LISTCAT job in<br />
VVDS sharing mode. The total elapsed time for the AMS LISCAT job in VVDS<br />
sharing mode was 30 seconds. The statistics that show the tremendous<br />
performance improvements are shown in bold.
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG PERFORMANCE REPORT 092<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
* -----CATALOG EVENT---- --COUNT-- ---AVERAGE--- *<br />
* Entries to <strong>Catalog</strong> 4,566 6.023 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Shr Sys 4,566 0.486 MSEC *<br />
* BCS DEQ 9,131 0.249 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE Shr 4,910 0.451 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE Excl 102 0.500 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS DEQ 5,012 0.239 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM ENQ 4,566 0.022 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM DEQ 4,566 0.021 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Get 4,794 0.100 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS I/O 4,808 1.906 MSEC *<br />
* IXLVECTR 4,568 0.007 MSEC *<br />
* Resolve Symbolic 3 0.236 MSEC *<br />
* Uncapture UCB 102 0.021 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Auth 4,577 0.386 MSEC *<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 30. Performance Report after LISTCAT in VVDS <strong>Sharing</strong> Mode<br />
Comparison of these reports shows significant reductions in:<br />
The job elapsed time reduced from 30 seconds to 18 seconds.<br />
The average time to process an entry from catalog reduced from 6.023 MSEC<br />
in VVDS sharing mode to 3.238 MSEC in ECS mode.<br />
The number of VVDS RESERVE Shr dropped from 4,910 in VVDS sharing<br />
mode to 344 in ECS mode.<br />
The number of VVDS I/Os dropped from 4,808 in VVDS sharing mode to 242<br />
in ECS mode.<br />
ALLOCATE<br />
We then decided to use <strong>IBM</strong> utility IEFBR14 to allocate 300 non-VSAM, non-SMS<br />
managed data sets. Using an alias, all data sets were cataloged into the user<br />
catalog UCAT.VSBOX01. Both the master catalog <strong>and</strong> the user catalog were in<br />
ECS mode. We issued the comm<strong>and</strong>:<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE(RESET)<br />
This resets all performance reporting information to zero.<br />
Then we submitted an IEFBR14 job containing 300 DD statements, all with<br />
DISP=(NEW,CATLG), to create <strong>and</strong> catalog 300 non-SMS managed data sets.<br />
The elapsed time for this job was 12 seconds.<br />
After the job successfully ended, we again issued the comm<strong>and</strong>:<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
The output is shown in Figure 31.<br />
Operations 49
50 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Next, we changed the master catalog, as well as the user catalog from ECS to<br />
VVDS sharing mode <strong>and</strong>, again, allocated 300 non-VSAM, non-SMS managed<br />
data sets after the performance reporting statistics were reset to zero again. The<br />
elapsed time for this IEFBR14 job was 18 seconds. Figure 32 on page 51 shows<br />
the performance report that was taken after the job had run.<br />
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG PERFORMANCE REPORT 492<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
* -----CATALOG EVENT---- --COUNT-- ---AVERAGE--- *<br />
* Entries to <strong>Catalog</strong> 600 6.316 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Shr Sys 1,199 0.519 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Excl Sys 301 0.447 MSEC *<br />
* BCS DEQ 1,500 0.247 MSEC *<br />
* SPHERE ENQ Excl Sys 300 0.470 MSEC *<br />
* SPHERE DEQ 300 0.340 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM ENQ 2,100 0.022 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM DEQ 2,100 0.022 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Get 601 0.045 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Put 300 2.929 MSEC *<br />
* SMF Write 300 0.178 MSEC *<br />
* IXLCACHE Write 600 0.227 MSEC *<br />
* IXLVECTR 3,602 0.006 MSEC *<br />
* Lookup/Pin UCB 300 0.040 MSEC *<br />
* Unpin UCB 300 0.017 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Auth 600 0.523 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Define 300 0.594 MSEC *<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 31. Performance Report after Allocating 300 Data Sets ECS Active
F CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC359I CATALOG PERFORMANCE REPORT 531<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
* -----CATALOG EVENT---- --COUNT-- ---AVERAGE--- *<br />
* Entries to <strong>Catalog</strong> 600 16.932 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Shr Sys 1,199 0.433 MSEC *<br />
* BCS ENQ Excl Sys 301 0.428 MSEC *<br />
* BCS DEQ 1,500 0.253 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE CI 600 0.424 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS DEQ CI 600 0.219 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS RESERVE Shr 2,100 0.428 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS DEQ 2,100 0.256 MSEC *<br />
* SPHERE ENQ Excl Sys 300 0.454 MSEC *<br />
* SPHERE DEQ 300 0.294 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM ENQ 2,100 0.021 MSEC *<br />
* VDSPM DEQ 2,100 0.020 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Get 601 0.051 MSEC *<br />
* BCS Put 300 2.457 MSEC *<br />
* VVDS I/O 2,700 1.795 MSEC *<br />
* SMF Write 300 0.177 MSEC *<br />
* IXLVECTR 1,502 0.007 MSEC *<br />
* Lookup/Pin UCB 300 0.038 MSEC *<br />
* Unpin UCB 300 0.020 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Auth 600 0.554 MSEC *<br />
* RACROUTE Define 300 0.577 MSEC *<br />
*CAS***************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 32. Performance Report after Allocating 300 Data Sets in VVDS <strong>Sharing</strong> Mode<br />
Comparison of these reports shows the following significant reductions:<br />
In ECS mode, the average time to process a catalog entry is reduced from<br />
16.932 MSEC to 6.316 MSEC.<br />
In VVDS sharing mode, you will find 2,700 VVDS I/Os <strong>and</strong> 2,100 VVDS<br />
RESERVE Shr, which reflect the read of the integrity VVRs, <strong>and</strong> 600 VVDS<br />
RESERVE CI, which reflects the time stamp update activity in the catalogs<br />
integrity VVR.<br />
In ECS mode, there is no VVDS activity at all. Instead, we see 600 IXLCACHE<br />
writes, which reflect the time stamp update activity in the catalog’s integrity<br />
VVR held in the Coupling Facility.<br />
There is no reason why the performance benefits we have experienced would not<br />
apply to your environment. Performing similar comparisons to those that we run<br />
will give a good indication as to what you may expect to achieve.<br />
Operations 51
4.2.5 Replacing AMS LISTCAT with the <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface<br />
If you are running AMS LISTCAT jobs on a regular basis, for example, to check<br />
the consistency of catalogs, you may want to consider replacing these jobs by<br />
implementing the <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface (CSI). Since the CAS can process<br />
multiple entries for one CSI request, this will result in performance improvements<br />
when compared with LISTCAT. Please see Appendix A, “<strong>Catalog</strong> Search<br />
Interface” on page 83, <strong>and</strong> Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914, for more information<br />
on the <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface.<br />
52 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Chapter 5. Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery<br />
5.1 Backup<br />
In this chapter we will discuss the importance of an effective backup <strong>and</strong> recovery<br />
strategy for catalogs in a Parallel Sysplex environment. We also discuss the<br />
techniques <strong>and</strong> utilities that are available for performing backup <strong>and</strong> recovery.<br />
Throughout this book, the backup of a catalog is taken to mean that a backup<br />
copy of the BCS component of the catalog is created.<br />
In the following sections we discuss:<br />
Backup<br />
Tape Volume <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
Recovery<br />
Post-recovery updates<br />
The Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>s are essential system data sets, <strong>and</strong> in today’s Sysplex environment, it<br />
becomes more important to ensure backup copies are available. In a shared<br />
environment, a broken catalog has a tremendous impact to all systems sharing<br />
the catalog. In a Sysplex environment where the master catalog is shared, a<br />
broken master catalog may mean an outage of the entire Sysplex. In the topics<br />
that follow, we discuss the techniques <strong>and</strong> utilities you can apply to ensure you<br />
can maintain the integrity of your system after a disaster has struck.<br />
5.1.1 Backup Frequency<br />
The most important consideration for the backup frequency should be the time<br />
needed to recover a broken catalog. The time taken to recover a catalog can be<br />
decreased depending on how recently the backup copy has been made.<br />
Conversely, the time taken to recover a catalog without a recent backup copy <strong>and</strong><br />
high catalog update activity may take significantly longer. For some catalogs, a<br />
daily backup may be sufficient. However, for important applications that result in<br />
high catalog update activity, you may wish to increase the frequency with which<br />
you make catalog backups.<br />
5.1.2 Backup Techniques<br />
There are a number of different techniques that exist to perform backup <strong>and</strong><br />
recovery for catalogs. These techniques can, in turn, be used by different utilities.<br />
To simplify your backup procedures, it is possible to utilize the functionality built<br />
into the Storage <strong>Management</strong> Subsystem. If the catalog resides on an<br />
SMS-managed volume, the management class is used to control the backup<br />
frequency <strong>and</strong> the number of backup copies. This allows you to define specific<br />
management classes to achieve your needs for the backup frequency, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
number of backups you would like to maintain for different catalogs. SMS will<br />
invoke the DFSMShsm utility, which will in turn use the AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong> to<br />
perform backup of a catalog.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 53
54 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
The following sections discuss the various backup utilities <strong>and</strong> techniques that<br />
you can employ in your environment, along with considerations that are unique to<br />
these techniques.<br />
5.1.3 Deciding on the Backup Technique<br />
Normally, the storage administrator decides which backup technique is<br />
appropriate. This can be based on speed, utilities available or a number of other<br />
business reasons. It may even be a combination of different utilities.<br />
The most important consideration, when deciding upon a backup technique, is<br />
that you perform some form of checking to ensure that the backup of the catalog<br />
or catalogs has been successful. We recommend that you test your backup <strong>and</strong><br />
recovery procedures <strong>and</strong> processes to be sure that the backup copy you have<br />
created is usable in the event of a disaster.<br />
You may also want to try out different utilities to see which one best suits your<br />
environment, <strong>and</strong> the ease with which post-recovery updates can take place.<br />
5.1.4 Backup Utilities<br />
A backup copy of a catalog can be created by one of the following <strong>IBM</strong> utilities:<br />
Access method services EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong><br />
DFSMSdss logical dump<br />
DFSMSdss full volume dump<br />
DFSMShsm Availability <strong>Management</strong><br />
To verify that the backup of your catalog has been successful, <strong>and</strong> the backup<br />
copy you created is usable, following are sample control statements for the<br />
different utilities, <strong>and</strong> the messages that we recommend you check.<br />
In later topics, we discuss the advantages <strong>and</strong> disadvantages of these utilities as<br />
input to your backup <strong>and</strong> recovery process, <strong>and</strong> procedure development.<br />
5.1.4.1 Access Method Services Export comm<strong>and</strong><br />
For the AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong>, see Figure 33, <strong>and</strong> check that the following<br />
message is issued for each catalog you backed up:<br />
IDC0594I PORTABLE DATA SET CREATED SUCCESSFULLY
IDCAMS SYSTEM SERVICES TIME: 17:03:58<br />
EXPORT -<br />
UCAT.VSBOX01 -<br />
OUTFILE(RECEIVE) -<br />
TEMPORARY<br />
IDC0005I NUMBER OF RECORDS PROCESSED WAS 506<br />
IDC0594I PORTABLE DATA SET CREATED SUCCESSFULLY ON 05/14/99 AT 17:03:59<br />
IDC1147I IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT DIAGNOSE AND EXAMINE BE RUN BEFORE<br />
IDC1147I IMPORT OF CATALOG<br />
IDC0001I FUNCTION COMPLETED, HIGHEST CONDITION CODE WAS 0<br />
IDC0002I IDCAMS PROCESSING COMPLETE. MAXIMUM CONDITION CODE WAS 0<br />
Figure 33. IDCAMS EXPORT joblog Sample<br />
5.1.4.2 DFSMSdss Logical Dump<br />
For the DFSMSdss logical dump statements, see Figure 34. Check that the<br />
following message is issued <strong>and</strong> shows each catalog you specified in the<br />
INCLUDE statement:<br />
ADR454I (001)-DTDSC(01), THE FOLLOWING DATA SETS WERE<br />
SUCCESSFULLY PROCESSED<br />
Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery 55
56 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Figure 34. DFSMSdss Logical Dump joblog Sample<br />
5.1.4.3 DFSMSdss Full Volume Dump<br />
The DFSMSdss control statements for a full volume dump are shown in Figure<br />
35. Check that the following message is issued to indicate successful completion:<br />
ADR013I (001)-CLTSK(01), 1999.137 18:30:47 TASK COMPLETED WITH<br />
RETURN CODE 0000<br />
.<br />
PAGE 0001 5695-DF175 DFSMSDSS V1R5.0 DATA SET SERVICES 1999.137<br />
14:51<br />
DUMP - 00002002<br />
DATASET(INCLUDE(UCAT.VSBOX09 - 00003002<br />
UCAT.VSBOX01 - 00003102<br />
MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01)) - 00003202<br />
OUTDDNAME(OUTDD) 00005002<br />
ADR101I (R/I)-RI01 (01), TASKID 001 HAS BEEN ASSIGNED TO COMMAND 'DUMP '<br />
ADR109I (R/I)-RI01 (01), 1999.137 14:51:18 INITIAL SCAN OF USER CONTROL<br />
STATEMEN<br />
ADR016I (001)-PRIME(01), RACF LOGGING OPTION IN EFFECT FOR THIS TASK<br />
ADR006I (001)-STEND(01), 1999.137 14:51:18 EXECUTION BEGINS<br />
ADR801I (001)-DTDSC(01), DATA SET FILTERING IS COMPLETE. 3 OF 3 DATA SETS<br />
ADR454I (001)-DTDSC(01), THE FOLLOWING DATA SETS WERE SUCCESSFULLY PROCESSED<br />
CLUSTER NAME UCAT.VSBOX09<br />
CATALOG NAME MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01<br />
COMPONENT NAME UCAT.VSBOX09<br />
COMPONENT NAME UCAT.VSBOX09.CATINDEX<br />
CLUSTER NAME UCAT.VSBOX01<br />
CATALOG NAME MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01<br />
COMPONENT NAME UCAT.VSBOX01<br />
COMPONENT NAME UCAT.VSBOX01.CATINDEX<br />
CLUSTER NAME MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01<br />
CATALOG NAME MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01<br />
COMPONENT NAME MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01<br />
COMPONENT NAME MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01.CATINDEX<br />
ADR006I (001)-STEND(02), 1999.137 14:51:19 EXECUTION ENDS<br />
ADR013I (001)-CLTSK(01), 1999.137 14:51:19 TASK COMPLETED WITH RETURN CODE<br />
0000
PAGE 0001 5695-DF175 DFSMSDSS V1R5.0 DATA SET SERVICES 1999.137<br />
18:30<br />
DUMP FULL - 00009001<br />
INDDNAME(INDD) - 00009101<br />
OUTDDNAME(OUTDD) 00009201<br />
ADR101I (R/I)-RI01 (01), TASKID 001 HAS BEEN ASSIGNED TO COMMAND 'DUMP '<br />
ADR109I (R/I)-RI01 (01), 1999.137 18:30:12 INITIAL SCAN OF USER CONTROL<br />
STATEMEN<br />
ADR016I (001)-PRIME(01), RACF LOGGING OPTION IN EFFECT FOR THIS TASK<br />
ADR006I (001)-STEND(01), 1999.137 18:30:12 EXECUTION BEGINS<br />
ADR006I (001)-STEND(02), 1999.137 18:30:47 EXECUTION ENDS<br />
ADR013I (001)-CLTSK(01), 1999.137 18:30:47 TASK COMPLETED WITH RETURN CODE<br />
0000<br />
ADR012I (SCH)-DSSU (01), 1999.137 18:30:47 DFSMSDSS PROCESSING COMPLETE.<br />
HIGHEST<br />
Figure 35. DFSMSdss Full Volume Dump joblog Sample<br />
5.1.4.4 DFSMShsm<br />
When utilizing DFSMShsm Availability <strong>Management</strong> or DFSMShsm comm<strong>and</strong><br />
backup, you must check the DFSMShsm activity logs for error messages related<br />
to your catalogs.<br />
5.1.5 Considerations for Developing the Backup Process<br />
It is important to underst<strong>and</strong> the requirements that relate to your environment,<br />
<strong>and</strong> choose the backup method that satisfies those requirements. There are a<br />
number of items that we feel it is important for you to consider. They are worthy of<br />
special attention because they are sometimes overlooked <strong>and</strong> only become<br />
apparent during the recovery phase. The items that you should consider are:<br />
5.1.5.1 BCS <strong>and</strong> VVDS<br />
Before you decide which backup technique <strong>and</strong> utility to use, it is important to<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> that a backup copy of your catalog only contains data from the BCS<br />
component of a catalog. To recover a VVDS, you need to restore all data sets<br />
residing on that volume.<br />
5.1.5.2 Aliases<br />
To preserve aliases use the AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong>, DFSMSdss logical dump or<br />
DFSMShsm BACKDS comm<strong>and</strong> to backup catalogs. The aliases will be saved in the<br />
catalog backup copy that is created.<br />
5.1.5.3 Backup Copy Storage Media<br />
The media in which the backup copies are stored can be either tape or DASD.<br />
5.1.5.4 Tape Volume <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Ensure that backup copies of Tape Volume <strong>Catalog</strong>s (VOLCAT) are not stored on<br />
a virtual tape residing in a 3494 Virtual Tape Server (VTS). Additionally, never<br />
store a backup copy of a VOLCAT to a physical cartridge if you do not have read<br />
compatible tape drives outside a 3494 or 3495 Automated Tape Library (ATL).<br />
The reason for this is that you will not be able to access an SMS-managed tape<br />
volume if the VOLCAT is broken <strong>and</strong> needs to be recovered.<br />
Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery 57
58 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
5.1.5.5 Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility<br />
If your environment utilizes, or is considering utilizing, the Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Forward Recovery Utility (ICFRU) 1 , remember that ICFRU requires a portable<br />
copy of the BCS created by an AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong> as an input data set. If you<br />
decide to use a DFSMSdss logical dump or the DFSMShsm BACKDS comm<strong>and</strong> to<br />
create your catalog backup copies, additional steps are needed to create a<br />
portable backup copy that ICFRU can use. The additional steps for DFSMSdss<br />
<strong>and</strong> DFSMShsm are:<br />
DFSMSdss<br />
1. Run logical RESTORE for the catalog.<br />
2. Run AMS EXPORT.<br />
DFSMShsm<br />
1. Run RECOVER dsname for the catalog.<br />
2. Run AMS EXPORT.<br />
5.1.5.6 DFSMSdss Restore<br />
Backup copies of catalogs created by DFSMSdss can only be restored to a<br />
volume with the same volume serial number (VOLSER) as the source volume.<br />
This means that DFSMSdss logical dump <strong>and</strong> restore cannot be used to move a<br />
catalog to a different volume with a different VOLSER. For more information<br />
about DFSMSdss, refer to DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMSdss Storage<br />
Administration Guide, SC26-4930.<br />
To move a catalog to another volume, you need to use DFSMSdss COPY comm<strong>and</strong><br />
or use AMS EXPORT/IMPORT comm<strong>and</strong>s.<br />
5.1.6 Considerations for Developing the Backup Procedures<br />
Following the previous topic which deals with product, structural <strong>and</strong> architectural<br />
considerations is the philosophy that you employ regarding the backup of your<br />
catalogs.<br />
5.1.6.1 Master <strong>Catalog</strong> Availability<br />
We recommend that a procedure be implemented to ensure an alternate master<br />
catalog is always made available. For information on defining <strong>and</strong> using an<br />
alternate master catalog, refer to Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914 "Creating <strong>and</strong><br />
Using an Alternate Mastercatalog".<br />
5.1.6.2 Creating Master <strong>Catalog</strong> Copies<br />
Backup copies of the master catalog should be created by an AMS EXPORT job.<br />
Additionally, periodic full volume dumps of the master catalog’s volume will<br />
provide the ability to perform a restore by using the st<strong>and</strong>-alone version of<br />
DFSMSdss. This is especially useful if the volume cannot be accessed by<br />
another system.<br />
5.1.6.3 Creating User <strong>Catalog</strong> Copies<br />
For user catalogs, we recommend that you define them on SMS-managed<br />
volumes. This allows you to control the backup frequency <strong>and</strong> the number of<br />
backup copies kept by assigning them to a specific management class which<br />
matches the requirements of the catalog.<br />
1 ICFRU is Program Offering, the Program number is 5798-DXQ.
5.2 Tape Volume <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
We recommend DFSMShsm as the product to create backup copies of your user<br />
catalogs. As DFSMShsm invokes AMS EXPORT to backup catalogs, the<br />
DFSMShsm RECOVER dsname comm<strong>and</strong> can be used to recover a catalog to a<br />
volume other than the source.<br />
As DFSMShsm backups are directed to tape, there are special considerations<br />
that must be taken for Tape Volume <strong>Catalog</strong>s. We recommend that the most<br />
recent backup copy of each VOLCAT should reside on DASD. One of the ways in<br />
which you can achieve this is to use DFSMSdss logical dump to perform a<br />
backup of all VOLCATs in one step <strong>and</strong> direct the DFSMSdss output to a<br />
generation data set (GDS) on DASD. This means that the latest copies are<br />
available on DASD. Refer to Figure 36, for sample JCL <strong>and</strong> DFSMSdss logical<br />
dump control statements. To create backup copies for catalogs, the catalog<br />
names must be fully qualified.<br />
//VOLCATB JOB (ACC3),'WETT3-SAVE',MSGCLASS=K,CLASS=A,<br />
// MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//DUMP EXEC PGM=ADRDSSU,REGION=6000K<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//OUTDD DD DSN=hlq.VOLCAT.GDG1(+1),<br />
// UNIT=3390,<br />
// VOL=SER=volser,<br />
// SPACE=(CYL,(10,5),RLSE),<br />
// DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE)<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DUMP -<br />
OUTDDNAME(OUTDD) -<br />
DATASET(INCLUDE(hlq.VOLCAT.VGENERAL -<br />
hlq.VOLCAT.VA -<br />
hlq.VOLCAT.VB -<br />
hlq.VOLCAT.VC))<br />
/*<br />
Figure 36. Sample JCL for DFSMSdss VOLCAT Backup<br />
The limit count you specified in the generation data group (GDG) definition will<br />
control the number of VOLCAT backup copies you would like to maintain on<br />
DASD.<br />
Figure 37 shows how to define a GDG in an SMS environment. In this sample up<br />
to five backup copies can be maintained on DASD.<br />
Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery 59
5.2.1 Using DFSMSdss<br />
60 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
//DEFGDG1 JOB (7904,NCS),WETT3,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),MSGCLASS=K,<br />
// &SYSUID,CLASS=A<br />
//GDGBASE EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DEFINE -<br />
GENERATIONDATAGROUP -<br />
(NAME(hlq.VOLCAT.GDG1) -<br />
SCRATCH -<br />
LIMIT(5))<br />
/*<br />
Figure 37. Sample JCL to Create a GDG Base Entry for SMS-Managed GDSs<br />
Figure 38 shows how to define a non SMS-managed GDG.<br />
//DEFGDG2 JOB (7904,NCS),WETT3,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),MSGCLASS=K,<br />
// &SYSUID,CLASS=A<br />
//GDGBASE EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//GDGMOD DD DSN=hlq.VOLCAT.GDG1,<br />
// DISP=(NEW,KEEP),<br />
// UNIT=3390,<br />
// VOL=SER=volser,<br />
// SPACE=(CYL,(0)),<br />
// DCB=(DSORG=PS,BLKSIZE=0)<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DEFINE -<br />
GENERATIONDATAGROUP -<br />
(NAME(hlq.VOLCAT.GDG1) -<br />
SCRATCH -<br />
LIMIT(5))<br />
/*<br />
Figure 38. Sample JCL to Create a GDG Base Entry for a non SMS-Managed volume<br />
The advantage of using DFSMSdss to perform the backups of your VOLCATs is<br />
that it will backup all VOLCATs in one job step <strong>and</strong> require one output GDS<br />
regardless of the number of VOLCATs you have.<br />
The disadvantage is that you can only recover a catalog with DFSMSdss logical<br />
restore to a volume with a volser that matches the source.<br />
5.2.2 Using AMS Export<br />
IfyoudecidetousetheAMSEXPORT comm<strong>and</strong> to backup your VOLCATs, you<br />
need to define a GDG for each VOLCAT. Only one catalog can be exported by<br />
one AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
The advantage is that you can AMS IMPORT the catalog to a different volume with<br />
a different volser.
5.3 Recovery<br />
If a catalog is broken due to a structural error, or if it is not accessible because of<br />
a hardware or media problem, it is likely that the catalog needs to be recovered.<br />
To reduce the outage <strong>and</strong> its subsequent impact, it is essential to implement a<br />
recovery methodology that reduces any outage to a minimum. To help you make<br />
that decision, the following sections describe the considerations that relate to the<br />
process, procedures, techniques <strong>and</strong> utilities.<br />
5.3.1 Determining When to Recover a <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
If a catalog is not accessible, or if a catalog structural error cannot be repaired by<br />
recovering the damaged record using AMS DELETE <strong>and</strong> DEFINE comm<strong>and</strong>s, it is<br />
likely that a full recovery of the BCS will be necessary. The outage time can be<br />
usually reduced the more quickly you can begin your recovery process, <strong>and</strong><br />
procedures are brought in to action.<br />
5.3.2 Recovery Techniques <strong>and</strong> Utility Actions<br />
The technique used to recover a catalog depends on the technique <strong>and</strong> utility<br />
used for backup. The relationship between backup <strong>and</strong> recovery utilities is shown<br />
in Table 5.<br />
Table 5. Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery Utilities Relationship<br />
Backup Utility Recover Utility Alias H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong> AMS IMPORT comm<strong>and</strong> Aliases are defined if ALIAS<br />
is specified with IMPORT<br />
DFSMSdss logical dump DFSMSdss logical restore Aliases are defined<br />
DFSMSdss full volume<br />
dump<br />
DFSMSdss full volume or<br />
physical data set restore<br />
DFSMShsm BACKDS DFSMShsm RECOVER<br />
dsname<br />
Regardless of the technique <strong>and</strong> utility used for backup <strong>and</strong> recovery, you need to<br />
manually check for recent changes to the BCS that are not reflected in the<br />
recovered copy. If you are utilizing ICFRU to create a new portable backup copy,<br />
this will be done as part of the ICFRU process.<br />
We strongly recommend that access to the catalog is restricted during any<br />
maintenance or recovery action, by using the AMS LOCK <strong>and</strong> UNLOCK comm<strong>and</strong>s.<br />
For more information about catalog recovery <strong>and</strong> locking refer to Managing<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914.<br />
5.3.3 Considerations for Developing the Recovery Process<br />
No alias h<strong>and</strong>ling<br />
Aliases are defined<br />
There are certain elements of any catalog recovery process that must be<br />
included. In the following topics we discuss those elements that you should<br />
include when developing your process.<br />
5.3.3.1 Master <strong>Catalog</strong> Recovery<br />
Recovery of a master catalog must be performed from a different system. During<br />
the time that the catalog is being used as a master catalog, no recovery can be<br />
performed. For this reason, recovery of a master catalog always results in a<br />
Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery 61
62 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
system outage. If the master catalog is shared in a Sysplex, this means an<br />
outage for the whole Sysplex. If there is no other system available to perform the<br />
recovery of the master catalog, a DFSMSdss St<strong>and</strong>-Alone restore of the volume<br />
containing the master catalog may be the only way to recover.<br />
As long as a catalog is used as a master catalog it cannot be locked. While a<br />
catalog is locked, any unauthorized requests to access the catalog will fail. Only<br />
users who have READ access authority to RACF profile IGG.CATLOCK can<br />
access a locked catalog.<br />
When there is an alternate master catalog available, an IPL can be performed<br />
using the alternate master catalog.<br />
5.3.3.2 Imbed <strong>and</strong> Replicate<br />
As explained in “Planning for the New Functions of DFSMS/MVS 1.5” on page 15,<br />
the use of IMBED <strong>and</strong> REPLICATE is no longer valid <strong>and</strong> these keywords will be<br />
ignored if specified when defining a new catalog. For compatibility reasons,<br />
IMBED <strong>and</strong> REPLICATE are still supported for IMPORT <strong>and</strong> DFSMSdss<br />
RESTORE. However, we suggest that a catalog be preallocated that has no<br />
imbedded indexes to simplify any recovery action. This will mean that you need to<br />
specify the INTOEMPTY keyword for an AMS IMPORT process, or the REPLACE<br />
keyword for a DFSMSdss logical restore.<br />
5.3.3.3 Alias H<strong>and</strong>ling <strong>and</strong> DFSMSdss Restore<br />
DFSMSdss logical restore h<strong>and</strong>les aliases differently depending on whether the<br />
catalog is pre-allocated or not. If the catalog to be restored is preallocated but not<br />
empty, aliases are not restored. (Note: An empty catalog means that the catalog<br />
contains nothing other than its self describing record.)<br />
5.3.3.4 Source Volume not Available<br />
If you must restore the catalog because the source volume is not available, you<br />
need to use the utility ICKDSF to initialize a different volume with the VOLSER of<br />
the source volume.<br />
5.3.3.5 Fully Qualified Name<br />
With DFSMSdss RESTORE you must specify the fully qualified name to restore a<br />
catalog.<br />
5.3.3.6 <strong>Catalog</strong> Reorganization<br />
DFSMSdss does not reorganize a catalog during logical restore.<br />
5.3.3.7 Determining the Most Recent Version<br />
If your backup <strong>and</strong> recovery strategy is DFSMShsm, generation numbers are<br />
available to keep track of the most recent backup version. A catalog cannot be<br />
recovered with a new name.<br />
IfyouareusingAMSEXPORT/IMPORT comm<strong>and</strong>s, you can use SMF type 36 records<br />
to determine your most recent backup version. For each successful export of a<br />
catalog, an SMF type 36 record is created.
5.3.4 Considerations for Developing Recovery Procedures<br />
In the following topics we discuss the considerations that apply to the recovery of<br />
catalogs, <strong>and</strong> the manner in which you can simplify the procedures that are put in<br />
place.<br />
5.3.4.1 Master <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
To recover a broken master catalog, you need to submit an AMS IMPORT job from a<br />
different system to recover the master catalog from the portable backup copy.<br />
If you do not have a usable portable backup copy of your master catalog<br />
available, you must either perform a full volume recovery from a full volume<br />
backup of the master catalogs volume, or you can perform a physical restore of<br />
the tracks containing the master catalog. You need to check for recent changes<br />
which are not reflected in the backup copy that has just been restored.<br />
Recommendation<br />
To minimize update activity to the master catalog, <strong>and</strong> to reduce the exposure<br />
to breakage, we strongly recommend that only SYS1 data sets, user catalog<br />
connector records, <strong>and</strong> the aliases pointing to those connectors should be in<br />
the master catalog.<br />
5.3.4.2 User <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
We recommend using the DFSMShsm RECOVER comm<strong>and</strong> in preference to other<br />
utilities to recover user catalogs. Using DFSMShsm, you do not need to delete<br />
the broken catalog, because during the recover process, the catalog is deleted<br />
<strong>and</strong> redefined using the attributes of the backup copy. If you wish to change the<br />
size or characteristics of the catalog, you will need to preallocate the catalog. In<br />
both cases, aliases for that catalog in the systems master catalog will not be<br />
deleted. Aliases preserved in the backup copy will be defined if they do not<br />
already exist.<br />
5.3.4.3 Moving <strong>Catalog</strong>s to Other Volumes<br />
The DFSMShsm RECOVER comm<strong>and</strong> can also be used to move a catalog to a<br />
different volume with a different volume serial number. The TOVOLUME keyword<br />
is available to specify the target non-SMS managed volume. For SMS-managed<br />
catalogs, the TOVOLUME keyword is only honored if a storage class with the<br />
GUARANTEED SPACE attribute is assigned. Please refer to the DFSMS/MVS<br />
V1R5 DFSMShsm Storage Administration Reference, SH21-1075, <strong>and</strong><br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMShsm Storage Administration Guide, SH21-1076, for<br />
more detailed information.<br />
5.3.4.4 DFSMSdss User <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>and</strong> VOLCAT Restore<br />
To recover VOLCATs or user catalogs using DFSMSdss logical restore, you must<br />
specify the fully qualified name of each catalog you need to restore.<br />
5.3.4.5 Preventing <strong>Catalog</strong> Activity during Restore<br />
Before you run the restore for the catalog, you should restrict access to the<br />
broken catalog, or define a new catalog by an AMS ALTER comm<strong>and</strong>, with the<br />
LOCK parameter or specify the LOCK parameter when the catalog is initially<br />
defined. See Figure 39 for a sample job to lock an existing catalog. We have<br />
already stated that to use the LOCK <strong>and</strong> UNLOCK parameters for catalogs, you<br />
Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery 63
5.4 Post-Recovery Updates<br />
64 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
need to have RACF profile IGG.CATLOCK defined. Additionally, you must have<br />
READ authority to profile IGG.CATLOCK <strong>and</strong> ALTER authority to the catalog.<br />
//ALTERL JOB (999,POK),MSGLEVEL=1,NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//ALTER EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//UCAT DD VOL=SER=volser,UNIT=3390,DISP=SHR<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
ALTER -<br />
SYS1.VOLCAT.VGENERAL -<br />
LOCK -<br />
FILE(UCAT)<br />
/*<br />
Figure39. SampleJCLtoLocka<strong>Catalog</strong>byIDCAMSALTERLOCKComm<strong>and</strong><br />
Depending on whether the catalog to be restored is preallocated or still exists,<br />
you must specify the REPLACE keyword on the DFSMSdss RESTORE job.<br />
Figure 40 shows sample JCL to restore the most recent backup copy of a<br />
VOLCAT:<br />
//VOLCATR JOB (ACCT#),'WETT3-RES',MSGCLASS=K,CLASS=S,<br />
// MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//RESTORE EXEC PGM=ADRDSSU,REGION=6000K<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//INDD DD DSN=hlq.VOLCAT.GDG1(+0),<br />
//OUTDD DD UNIT=3390,VOL=SER=volser,DISP=SHR<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
RESTORE -<br />
DATASET(INCLUDE(hlq.VOLCAT.VGENERAL)) -<br />
INDDNAME(INDDD) -<br />
OUTDDNAME(OUTDD) -<br />
REPLACE<br />
/*<br />
Figure 40. Sample JCL to Restore the Most Recent <strong>Catalog</strong> Backup Copy from a GDS<br />
The version of your catalog that you have just recovered reflects the status of the<br />
catalog at the time the backup copy was taken. If you are not using ICFRU or<br />
other vendor utilities, for example, <strong>Catalog</strong> Solution (a trademark of<br />
SOFTWORKS), you must manually check for changes to the catalog which are<br />
not reflected in the recovered copy.<br />
5.4.1 Manually Checking for Missing Updates<br />
To check for changes which are not reflected, you can use the AMS DIAGNOSE<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> to compare the VVDSs to the BCS. You need to list VVDSs connected<br />
to the catalog to find out which VVDSs you need to compare against the BCS.<br />
This only will work for VSAM <strong>and</strong> SMS-managed data sets because non-SMS<br />
managed <strong>and</strong> tape data sets are not reflected in a VVDS. Issuing the LISTCAT<br />
NONVSAM comm<strong>and</strong> before <strong>and</strong> after the recovery may help to find changes for<br />
non-SMS managed <strong>and</strong> tape data sets.
A more efficient way to check for changes since the last backup was taken is to<br />
collect <strong>and</strong> check SMF records generated by the ICF. You must make sure that<br />
you are not suppressing SMF record types 61, 65, <strong>and</strong> 66 in member SMFPRMxx<br />
in SYS1.PARMLIB for all jobs including subsystems <strong>and</strong> system tasks.<br />
The record types that are created <strong>and</strong> need to be analyzed are:<br />
RECORD TYPE 61 (3D)<br />
Created by ICF DEFINE ACTIVITY:<br />
IDCAMS DEFINE<br />
IEHPROGM CATLG<br />
RECORD TYPE 65 (41)<br />
Created by ICF DELETE ACTIVITY:<br />
IDCAMS DELETE<br />
IEHPROGM UNCATLG<br />
RECORD TYPE 66 (42)<br />
Created by ICF ALTER ACTIVITY:<br />
IDCAMS ALTER<br />
5.4.2 Using DFSORT in the Checking Process<br />
The <strong>IBM</strong> product DFSORT can be used to filter out the SMF records for a specific<br />
catalog corresponding to the time frame since the last backup copy was made.<br />
Figure 41 shows sample DFSORT control statements to collect catalog related<br />
record types:<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
OPTION VLSHRT<br />
RECORD TYPE=V<br />
INCLUDE COND=((6,1,BI,EQ,X'3D'),AND,<br />
(11,4,BI,GT,X'0099115F'),AND,<br />
(76,20,CH,EQ,C'MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01'))<br />
SORT FIELDS=(11,4,BI,A)<br />
/*<br />
Figure 41. DFSORT Control Statements to Collect SMF Record type 61<br />
In the sample in Figure 41:<br />
The first comparison checks for SMF record type 61 (3D).<br />
The second comparison checks records created after day 99115.<br />
The third comparison checks for a 20-character catalog name<br />
MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01.<br />
The SORT FIELDS Statement sorts the records by date in ascending order.<br />
For more information with respect to the format <strong>and</strong> contents of the SMF records<br />
see OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System <strong>Management</strong> Facilities (SMF), GC28-1783.<br />
Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery 65
5.5 Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility<br />
66 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility (ICFRU) is a powerful utility that will<br />
help you to reduce any outage to a minimum where forward recovery of a catalog<br />
is required.<br />
ICFRU Requirements:<br />
ICFRU needs a backup copy of the BCS, created by an AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong>,<br />
known as the portable backup copy as its foundation. If this portable copy is not<br />
available, then ICFRU cannot be used.<br />
Additionally, SMF record types 61, 65, <strong>and</strong> 66 created by ICF activity will be<br />
needed from all systems sharing the catalog to be recovered. These SMF records<br />
can be h<strong>and</strong>led as a log file for catalog changes. The SMF records contain the<br />
complete sphere of each catalog record added, deleted or altered. These catalog<br />
records can be combined with the catalog records from the portable backup copy<br />
to create a new portable backup copy of the catalog to be recovered. This new<br />
updated portable copy can be used as an input data set for the AMS IMPORT<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
ICFRU actually uses two programs. First, the Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward<br />
Recovery Record Selection <strong>and</strong> Validation (ICFRRSV) program performs the<br />
extract of the appropriate SMF records. These records are then sorted by calling<br />
DFSORT, <strong>and</strong> are processed together with records from the EXPORT copy by the<br />
Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Record Analysis <strong>and</strong> Processing<br />
(ICFRRAP) program to create the new portable data set.<br />
See Figure 42 for a simplified data flow of ICFRU. For more detailed information,<br />
refer to Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility Program<br />
Description/Operations, SH20-6952.
Actual SMF records<br />
SYS1.SC63.MANx SYS1.SC64.MANx<br />
portable<br />
backup copy<br />
created by<br />
export<br />
Figure 42. ICFRU Simplified Data Flow<br />
ICFRU Accumulated SMF records<br />
SYS1.SC65.MANx<br />
selected<br />
<strong>and</strong> sorted<br />
SMF recors<br />
ICFRU<br />
newportable<br />
backup copy<br />
IDCAMS<br />
IMPORT<br />
RECOVERED<br />
CATALOG<br />
ICFRU Reports<br />
If you do not have a portable backup copy of the catalog you wish to recover, for<br />
example, because you use DFSMShsm or DFSMSdss to create your catalog<br />
backups, you will need to recover the catalog according to the backup utility you<br />
are using.<br />
Once this copy is created, you can issue an AMS EXPORT comm<strong>and</strong> to create a<br />
portable copy of the catalog to be recovered <strong>and</strong> use this as input to ICFRU.<br />
Backup <strong>and</strong> Recovery 67
68 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Chapter 6. Analyzing Structural Integrity<br />
6.1 Structural Integrity<br />
In the sections that follow, we describe why it is necessary to analyze the<br />
structural integrity of your catalogs, <strong>and</strong> how to ascertain if the data set<br />
information in the BCS, VVDS <strong>and</strong> VTOC is in synchronization. We will show<br />
what utilities are available <strong>and</strong> how to recover from structural errors.<br />
In the following sections we cover:<br />
Structural integrity considerations<br />
Synchronization errors <strong>and</strong> correction<br />
Failures associated with catalog sharing<br />
Failures affecting the CAS<br />
Structural errors in your catalog environment may result in lack of access to data<br />
sets defined in the failing catalog, as well as an impact on the CAS for all systems<br />
sharing the catalog that has been structurally compromised. This may result in an<br />
abend or hang situations for the CAS. In a sysplex environment it is important to<br />
keep vital system address spaces like the CAS running.<br />
6.1.1 When to Check the Structural Integrity<br />
You should suspect the structural integrity of a catalog if non-zero return codes<br />
are issued during your daily catalog backup. The same is true if you receive any<br />
error messages or non-zero return codes accessing a catalog. These should<br />
send a clear signal that you should check the structural integrity <strong>and</strong> take the<br />
appropriate repair action. We suggest that you regularly run jobs to check the<br />
structural integrity of your catalogs. This will create additional sysplex resource<br />
overhead, but it may decrease the chance of suffering an outage of the sysplex if<br />
a structural error is not fixed before it becomes more serious. Like a computer<br />
virus, a structural error may exist <strong>and</strong> do no harm until a certain condition occurs.<br />
An example of this could be a control interval (CI) or control area (CA) split<br />
failure, which may have the end result that your catalog is no longer accessible,<br />
<strong>and</strong> abends in the CAS may be seen.<br />
6.1.2 How to Check the Structural Integrity<br />
We recommend that the internal VSAM structure of catalogs should be checked<br />
using the AMS EXAMINE comm<strong>and</strong>, which analyzes <strong>and</strong> reports on the structural<br />
integrity of the index <strong>and</strong> data components of the catalog. We recommend that<br />
INDEXTEST as well as DATATEST should be performed.<br />
If EXAMINE detects an error related to a certain entry, you can try to use the AMS<br />
DELETE comm<strong>and</strong> to delete this entry. However, it is important that, before any<br />
recovery action or delete is attempted, that you try to take a backup of the data<br />
set or the entry. If a partial cluster entry is detected, an AMS DELETE comm<strong>and</strong><br />
using the TRUENAME parameter can correct the situation.<br />
If deletion of the failing entry is possible, you will then need to re-run EXAMINE. If<br />
there are no further errors detected, you can redefine <strong>and</strong> recover the failing<br />
entry.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 69
70 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
In most cases a catalog structural error means that you will need to recover the<br />
BCS from the most recent backup copy.<br />
6.1.3 The Consequences of Neglecting Structural Integrity<br />
Backup utilities may fail if they detect a structural error <strong>and</strong> leave you without a<br />
backup copy of the catalog. This may require some explaining in a recovery<br />
situation! There is also the chance that backup utilities will not detect a structural<br />
error in your catalog, which may mean that the backup copies taken are<br />
unusable. This will result in an additional, unnecessary outage if you need to<br />
recover the catalog. You will need to find the last usable backup copy <strong>and</strong> then<br />
carry out the post-recovery actions described in 5.4, “Post-Recovery Updates” on<br />
page 64. This has the result of extending the time period that you must look for<br />
updates to the catalog.<br />
6.2 Synchronization Errors<br />
In addition to the internal structure of catalogs, you should also check for<br />
synchronization errors. Synchronization errors may be the result of AMS DEFINE,<br />
DELETE or ALTER jobs that were canceled by force, or due to system errors not<br />
allowing a job to complete successfully. In this case the necessary cleanup<br />
actions may not be done. Differences between BCS, VVDS <strong>and</strong> VTOC may make<br />
a data set inaccessible or otherwise unusable <strong>and</strong> may also lead to CAS<br />
problems.<br />
The dependencies between BCS <strong>and</strong> VVDS for SMS-managed volumes, as well<br />
as for non-SMS managed volumes, are shown in Figure 43.<br />
SBOX02<br />
SMS<br />
VTOC<br />
VTOCIX<br />
VVDS<br />
UCAT.SBOX02<br />
VSAM UCAT.SBOX02<br />
VTOC<br />
VTOCIX<br />
VVDS<br />
SBOX01<br />
NON-SMS<br />
MCAT.SBOX01<br />
MCAT.SBOX01<br />
nonVSAM MCAT.SBOX01<br />
Figure 43. ICF-<strong>Catalog</strong> BCS, VVDS Dependencies<br />
VTOC<br />
VTOCIX<br />
VVDS<br />
SBOX03<br />
SMS<br />
SMS<br />
nonVSAM MCAT.SBOX01<br />
VSAM UCAT.SBOX02
Volume SBOX01 is non-SMS-managed <strong>and</strong> contains a master catalog as well as<br />
one non-SMS-managed, non-VSAM data set cataloged in the master catalog<br />
MCAT.SBOX01.<br />
Volume SBOX02 contains a user catalog, UCAT.SBOX02; <strong>and</strong> one VSAM KSDS<br />
cluster cataloged in UCAT.SBOX02.<br />
Volume SBOX03 contains one SMS-managed, non-VSAM data set cataloged in<br />
the master catalog; <strong>and</strong> one SMS-managed VSAM KSDS cluster cataloged in<br />
user catalog UCAT.SBOX02.<br />
The contents of the BCS, VVDS <strong>and</strong> VTOC for all volumes are as follows:<br />
SBOX01 non-SMS managed volume<br />
BCS MCAT.SBOX01<br />
UCAT connector record for UCAT.SBOX02<br />
Entry for SYS1.VVDS.VSBOX01<br />
Entry for SYS1.VVDS.VSBOX02<br />
Entry for non-VSAM non-SMS managed data set on SBOX01<br />
Entry for non-VSAM SMS-managed data set on SBOX03<br />
VVDS<br />
VVR VVDS self-describing<br />
VVR for MCAT index component<br />
VVR for MCAT data component<br />
VTOC<br />
F4DSCB<br />
F1DSCB for VTOCIX<br />
F1DSCB for VVDS<br />
F1DSCB for MCAT index component<br />
F1DSCB for MCAT data component<br />
F1DSCB for non-VSAM data set<br />
SBOX02 SMS-managed volume<br />
BCS<br />
Entry for SYS1.VVDS.SBOX02<br />
Entry for VSAM KSDS on volume SBOX02<br />
Entry for VSAM KSDS on volume SBOX03<br />
VVDS<br />
VVR VVDS self-describing<br />
VVR for UCAT.SBOX02 index component<br />
VVR for UCAT.SBOX02 data component<br />
VVR for VSAM KSDS index component<br />
VVR for VSAM KSDS data component<br />
VTOC<br />
Analyzing Structural Integrity 71
72 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
F4DSCB<br />
F1DSCB for VTOCIX<br />
F1DSCB for VVDS<br />
F1DSCB for UCAT.SBOX02 index component<br />
F1DSCB for UCAT.SBOX02 data component<br />
F1DSCB for VSAM KSDS index component<br />
F1DSCB for VSAM KSDS data component<br />
SBOX03 SMS-managed volume<br />
VVDS<br />
VVR VVDS self-describing<br />
VVR for KSDS index component<br />
VVR for KSDS data component<br />
NVR for non-VSAM SMS managed data set<br />
VTOC<br />
F4DSCB<br />
F1DSCB for VTOCIX<br />
F1DSCB for VVDS<br />
F1DSCB for KSDS index component<br />
F1DSCB for KSDS data component<br />
F1DSCB for non-VSAM<br />
6.2.1 What Causes Synchronization Errors<br />
Common synchronization errors can be caused by:<br />
BCS entry missing<br />
VVDS entry missing<br />
Duplicate VVRs or NVRs<br />
Orphan VVRs or NVRs<br />
Uncataloged VSAM or SMS-managed non-VSAM data sets<br />
VTOC entry missing<br />
6.2.2 Detecting Synchronization Errors<br />
Using the AMS DIAGNOSE comm<strong>and</strong>, you can analyze <strong>and</strong> check the dependent<br />
content <strong>and</strong> validity of catalog <strong>and</strong> VVDS records. To check the dependent<br />
content of catalog records, you need to specify the COMPAREDD or the<br />
COMPAREDS keywords with the DIAGNOSE comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
To compare a BCS against the VVDS, you must specify:<br />
DIAGNOSE ICFCATLOG COMPAREDD(diag01)<br />
To compare a VVDS against a BCS, you must specify:<br />
DIAGNOSE VVDS COMPAREDD(diag01)
If you are comparing:<br />
A BCS: the VVDS is checked for dependency.<br />
A VVDS: the BCS <strong>and</strong> the VTOC are checked for dependency.<br />
To make sure that all possible errors will be detected, both checks must be<br />
performed.<br />
SeeFigure44forsampleJCLtoDIAGNOSE BCS records <strong>and</strong> check the dependent<br />
records of the VVDS on volumes SBOX01 <strong>and</strong> SBOX02.<br />
//TATERS3 JOB (999,POK),MSGLEVEL=1,NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//DIAGN EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//DIAG01 DD VOL=SER=SBOX01,UNIT=3390,DISP=SHR,<br />
// DSN=SYS1.VVDS.VSBOX01,AMP='AMORG'<br />
//DIAG02 DD VOL=SER=SBOX02,UNIT=3390,DISP=SHR,<br />
// DSN=SYS1.VVDS.VSBOX02,AMP='AMORG'<br />
//DIAGDD DD DSN=MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01,DISP=SHR<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DIAGNOSE -<br />
ICFCATALOG -<br />
INFILE(DIAGDD) -<br />
COMPAREDD(DIAG01 DIAG02)<br />
/*<br />
Figure 44. Sample to DIAGNOSE a BCS <strong>and</strong> Compare to Two VVDSs<br />
Figure 45 shows sample JCL to run DIAGNOSE for the VVDS of volume SBOX01: A<br />
compare is performed against the BCS records of catalog<br />
MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 <strong>and</strong> dependency to the VTOC of volume SBOX01 is<br />
checked.<br />
//TATERS3 JOB (999,POK),MSGLEVEL=1,NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//DIAGN EXEC PGM=IDCAMS<br />
//DIAGDD DD VOL=SER=SBOX01,UNIT=3390,DISP=SHR,<br />
// DSN=SYS1.VVDS.VSBOX01,AMP='AMORG'<br />
//CAT01 DD DSN=MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01,DISP=SHR<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DIAGNOSE -<br />
ICFCATALOG -<br />
INFILE(DIAGDD) -<br />
COMPAREDD(CAT01)<br />
/*<br />
Figure45. SampleJCLtoDIAGNOSEaVVDS<strong>and</strong>ComparetoaBCS<br />
To determine which VVDSs are connected to a BCS, you can use LISTCAT<br />
LEVEL(SYS1.VVDS). The BCS name needs to be specified in the CATALOG<br />
parameter. Care should be taken because this LISTCAT will show only the volumes<br />
for which a SYS1.VVDS.Vvolser entry exits. There may also be catalog records in<br />
the BCS for data sets which reside on volumes for which no SYS1.VVDS.Vvolser<br />
entry exists in the BCS.<br />
Analyzing Structural Integrity 73
74 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Another fast <strong>and</strong> easy way to detect duplicate VVRs, orphan VVRs or<br />
uncataloged data sets is to run DFSMSdss logical dump specifying<br />
PARM='TYPRUN=NORUN' on the EXEC statement. This means all filtering for the logical<br />
dump is performed but no data set is processed or moved.<br />
Figure 46 shows sample DFSMSdss logical dump JCL <strong>and</strong> control statements.<br />
//TATERS3 JOB (999,POK),MSGLEVEL=1,NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//DUMP02 EXEC PGM=ADRDSSU,REGION=6000K,PARM='TYPRUN=NORUN'<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//OUTDD DD DUMMY<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
DUMP -<br />
DATASET(INCLUDE(**)) -<br />
LOGINDY(SBOX02) -<br />
OUTDDNAME(OUTDD) -<br />
TOL(ENQF)<br />
/*<br />
Figure 46. Sample JCL for DFSMSdss to Detect Duplicate or Orphan VVRs<br />
6.2.3 Repairing Synchronization Errors<br />
Different errors may force you to take different repair actions. Table 6 shows<br />
which AMS comm<strong>and</strong>s need to be performed for different error situations <strong>and</strong><br />
data set types; <strong>and</strong> which functional components (BCS,VVDS,VTOC) are<br />
changed by what actions. Some of these actions can also be done by ISPF/PDF<br />
catalog or uncatalog. For example, delete of a catalog record for a non-VSAM<br />
data set can be done by an ISPF/PDF UNCATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Uncataloged VSAM <strong>and</strong> non-VSAM SMS-managed data sets can also be<br />
detected by ISMF <strong>and</strong> can be deleted by the ISMF DELETE line comm<strong>and</strong>. Under<br />
the covers, an ISMF DELETE line comm<strong>and</strong> issues an AMS DELETE VVR or NVR.
Table 6. Overview of Repair Actions Performed by IDCAMS<br />
Error Situation Data Set Type Action needed BCS VVDS VTOC<br />
VTOC entry<br />
missing<br />
VTOC entry<br />
missing<br />
VTOC entry<br />
missing<br />
VVDS entry<br />
missing<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> (BCS)<br />
entry missing<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> (BCS)<br />
entry missing<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> (BCS)<br />
entry missing<br />
Orphan VVR<br />
or NVR<br />
Duplicate VVR<br />
or NVR<br />
SMS managed<br />
NON-VSAM<br />
Non-SMS<br />
managed<br />
NON-VSAM<br />
DELETE NOSCRATCH a<br />
DELETE NVR b<br />
Recoverorre-allocate<br />
DELETE NOSCRATCH X<br />
VSAM DELETE CLUSTER<br />
NOSCRATCH<br />
DELETE VVR b,d<br />
DEFINE CLUSTER <strong>and</strong><br />
recover<br />
VSAM <strong>and</strong><br />
SMS managed<br />
NON-VSAM<br />
SMS managed<br />
NON-VSAM<br />
NON-SMS-<br />
NON-VSAM<br />
VSAM SMS or<br />
NON-SMS<br />
VSAM or SMS<br />
NON-VSAM<br />
VSAM or SMS<br />
NON-VSAM<br />
DELETE NOSCRATCH<br />
DELETE VVR/NVR c,d<br />
Recoverorre-allocate<br />
DEFINE NONVSAM<br />
RECATALOG b,e<br />
DEFINE NONVSAM X<br />
DEFINE CLUSTER<br />
RECATALOG b,e<br />
DELETE VVR f<br />
DELETE NVR f<br />
RENAME or DELETE the<br />
data set.<br />
DELETE VVR/NVR b,d,f<br />
RENAME Or DEFINE<br />
to old name<br />
a. Removal of BCS is entry is required to do DELETE VVR/NVR.<br />
b. Requires that the catalog pointed to in VVR/NVR is available.<br />
c. This deletes also the VTOC entries.<br />
d. For VSAM this needs to be done for each component by component name.<br />
e. DEFINE RECATLOG can only be done into the catalog pointed to by the VVR/NVR. In<br />
case this is not the right catalog, you can use IDCAMS REPRO MERGECAT afterwards to<br />
move the catalog entry.<br />
f. Print of VVDS will be needed to get the component name.<br />
Duplicate or orphan VVRs or NVRs will be detected by the AMS DIAGNOSE<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. In some cases you may need to print the VVDS to check for duplicate<br />
or orphan entries. You can use either the AMS or DFSMSdss PRINT comm<strong>and</strong> to<br />
print a VVDS.<br />
Figure 47 shows sample JCL to print a VVDS using the DFSMSdss PRINT<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X X<br />
X<br />
X X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X<br />
Analyzing Structural Integrity 75<br />
X<br />
X<br />
X X
76 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
//TATERS3 JOB (999,POK),MSGLEVEL=1,NOTIFY=&SYSUID<br />
//DFDSS EXEC PGM=ADRDSSU<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*<br />
//DD1 DD UNIT=3390,DISP=SHR,VOL=SER=SBOX02<br />
//SYSIN DD *<br />
PRINT INDDNAME(DD1) -<br />
DATASET(SYS1.VVDS.VSBOX02) -<br />
TOL(ENQF)<br />
/*<br />
Figure47. SampleJCLtoPrintaVVDSbyDFSMSdss<br />
VSAM data sets <strong>and</strong> non-VSAM SMS-managed data sets with a HLQ of SYS1<br />
can be cataloged in more than one BCS. This can be done by AMS DEFINE<br />
RECATALOG. In this case the VVR/NVR still points to the original catalog. This is<br />
a situation which might be detected by DIAGNOSE but this is not considered a<br />
structural or synchronization error.<br />
6.2.4 Utilities <strong>and</strong> Tools Available for Diagnosis<br />
A variety of different utilities <strong>and</strong> tools are available to diagnose the different<br />
components <strong>and</strong> their relationship to each other. We list some of those utilities<br />
below:<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong><br />
IDCAMS<br />
LISTCAT<br />
EXAMINE<br />
DIAGNOSE<br />
PRINT<br />
DFSMSdss<br />
PRINT<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> Solution<br />
VVDS<br />
IDCAMS<br />
LISTCAT<br />
DIAGNOSE<br />
PRINT<br />
DFSMSdss<br />
PRINT<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> Solution<br />
VTOC<br />
IEHLIST<br />
LISTVTOC DUMP|FORMAT
DFSMSdss<br />
PRINT<br />
DEFRAG specify PARM=’TYPRUN=NORUN,TRACE=YES’<br />
ICKDSF<br />
BUILDIX<br />
6.2.5 VSAM Knowledge Database<br />
You may also like to visit the VSAM Knowledge Base, which is an interactive<br />
diagnostic tool. It is a question-<strong>and</strong>-answer driven knowledge data base that<br />
resides on the DFSMS/MVS Technical Support Website under "Technical<br />
Database" at the following URL:<br />
http://knowledge.storage.ibm.com/<br />
6.3 <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> Problems<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> structural <strong>and</strong> synchronization errors may also occur due to failures in<br />
establishing the proper catalog sharing environment.<br />
6.3.1 Error Symptoms Due to <strong>Sharing</strong> Problems<br />
A typical symptom for a catalog sharing problem is that catalog entries created on<br />
one system cannot be found on another system sharing the same catalog. A<br />
no-record-found condition will be indicated by either of the following messages:<br />
or<br />
IDC3009I ** VSAM CATALOG RETURN CODE IS 8 - REASON CODE IS IGG0CLEG-42<br />
IDC3012I ENTRY entname NOT FOUND<br />
There are two conditions that must both be met to establish the proper catalog<br />
sharing environment:<br />
The catalog must be defined using SHAREOPTIONS(3,4), which is the default<br />
for catalogs.<br />
The catalog must reside on a DASD volume that is defined with the<br />
FEATURE=SHARED option using hardware configuration definition (HCD) on<br />
all sharing systems.<br />
Also, we suggest that you revisit 1.3, “A Review of the SHAREOPTIONS<br />
Parameter” on page 7.<br />
A common user error related to this is that a catalog resides on a DASD volume<br />
that is defined as shared in HCD on one system, but not on the sharing system.<br />
This situation can be temporarily resolved by issuing the comm<strong>and</strong>:<br />
F CATALOG,CLOSE(catalogname)<br />
or, it may be resolved by restarting CAS using the comm<strong>and</strong> on the failing<br />
system:<br />
F CATALOG,RESTART<br />
Analyzing Structural Integrity 77
78 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
However, extreme care should be taken if this situation occurs. If the system<br />
which has seen the no-record-found condition is going to update the catalog,<br />
updates done by the other system may be lost. The result is a corrupted catalog.<br />
6.3.2 Determining If a <strong>Catalog</strong> is Actually Shared<br />
There is a very convenient way to verify that a catalog is shared: You can issue<br />
the following comm<strong>and</strong> on all sharing systems:<br />
F CATALOG,OPEN<br />
The status display, as shown in Figure 49 on page 80, will show you if a catalog is<br />
considered as shared. You need to check the CAS FLAGS for either ’E’, to<br />
indicate ECS mode, or ’R’ to indicate VVDS mode sharing. If neither of the sharing<br />
flags is shown, you can be certain that the two conditions for sharing a catalog<br />
are not met. It may be that on one of the sharing systems the DASD volume is not<br />
defined as shared in HCD. In this case you will see the ’R’ flag on the systems that<br />
meet the conditions, but not on the systems that do not.<br />
The ’E’ flag will only be seen if ECS is active for that catalog, <strong>and</strong> this means that<br />
the conditions for shared catalogs are met on all systems in the sysplex.<br />
Additionally, if you do not see the ’R’ flag on one of the sharing systems, you can<br />
use the DEVSERV QUERY DASD system comm<strong>and</strong> to check the reserve release (RR)<br />
bit in the UCB of this volume. Issue the following comm<strong>and</strong>:<br />
DS QD,devnumber,1,UCB<br />
See Figure 48 for sample output from the DEVSERV QUERY DASD comm<strong>and</strong>. You need<br />
to check for the RR bit in UCB common segment at offset x’11’ bit 2=ON(..1. ....).
IEE459I 14.19.16 DEVSERV QDASD 093<br />
UNIT VOLSER SCUTYPE DEVTYPE CYL SSID SCU-SERIAL DEV-SERIAL EF-CHK<br />
0CC2 SBOX02 3990006 3390A28 2226 000A 0113-90802 0113-T0177 **OK**<br />
UCB AT V00F1B350<br />
008AFF8C0CC20000 0000000000C3C3F2 3030200F00F1B328 41280100E2C2D6E7<br />
F0F2040800000011 ^<br />
UCB PREFIX AT V024E94C8<br />
000C804000000000 000000000001038C 289C009BE00080F8 082088A4F5FFFFFF<br />
0108000000000001<br />
UCB COMMON EXTENSION AT V00F1B328<br />
0000094020AA0000 024E94C800000031 0000000000FCAF54 00F1B2F000000000<br />
**** 1 DEVICE(S) MET THE SELECTION CRITERIA<br />
**** 0 DEVICE(S) FAILED EXTENDED FUNCTION CHECKING<br />
Figure 48. Sample Output of the DS QT,0CC2,1,UCB Comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
6.4 CAS Problems Due to <strong>Catalog</strong> Structural or Synchronization Errors<br />
As we stated earlier, broken catalogs can influence the CAS, <strong>and</strong> abends or hang<br />
situations may be seen in the CAS. User jobs might also be affected, <strong>and</strong> may<br />
see abends or catalog error messages of the format IDCxxxxx issued.<br />
6.4.1 CAS ABEND or Error Messages<br />
The most important catalog management message to observe is:<br />
IDC3009I VSAM CATALOG RETURN CODE IS rtn - REASON CODE IS IGGOCLaa - rsn<br />
Using the comm<strong>and</strong> MODIFY CATALOG,DUMPON(retcode,rsncode,modid), you can force<br />
the CAS to create a dump whenever a given return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong><br />
module identifier are provided in the IDC3009I message.<br />
For unexpected abends in the CAS, a dump is always created. There are certain<br />
forced (expected) abends in CAS, for example, abend81A during CAS restart, for<br />
which there is no dump created. Using the comm<strong>and</strong> F CATALOG,DUMPON with no<br />
additional options specified will create a dump for expected abends.<br />
6.4.2 CAS Hang or Lockout Situations<br />
If a user address space is waiting for the CAS, <strong>and</strong> CAS does not respond due to<br />
a hang or lockout situation, you can try different MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>s to<br />
attempt to alleviate the situation.<br />
First issue the comm<strong>and</strong> F CATALOG,OPEN which will provide a list of open catalogs<br />
<strong>and</strong> the volser of the allocated DASD as well as information about caching <strong>and</strong><br />
sharing. Figure 49 shows the sample output from this comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Analyzing Structural Integrity 79
80 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
F CATALOG,OPEN<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC348I ALLOCATED CATALOGS 687<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
* FLAGS -VOLSER-USER-CATALOG NAME *<br />
* Y-I-R- SBOX09 0001 UCAT.VSBOX09 *<br />
* Y-I-E- SBOX01 0001 UCAT.VSBOX01 *<br />
* Y-I-E- SBOX01 0001 MCAT.SANDBOX.VSBOX01 *<br />
*******************************************************************<br />
* Y/N-ALLOCATED TO CAS, S-SMS, V-VLF, I-ISC, C-CLOSED, D-DELETED, *<br />
* R-SHARED, A-ATL, E-ECS SHARED, K-LOCKED *<br />
*CAS***************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 49. <strong>Catalog</strong> Status Display for Open <strong>Catalog</strong>s<br />
If you suspect that a certain catalog is causing the error, you can issue the<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> F CATALOG,CLOSE(catname) to close the suspected catalog. It will<br />
automatically be reopened at the next request for that catalog.<br />
Thenextstepistoissuethecomm<strong>and</strong>F CATALOG,LIST. A list of catalog tasks <strong>and</strong><br />
their status is provided. Each task has a unique ID.<br />
Figure 50 shows sample output from this comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
F CATALOG,LIST<br />
IEC351I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND ACTIVE<br />
IEC347I LIST CATALOG TASK(S) 827<br />
*CAS****************************************************************<br />
* FLAGS - TASK ADDRESS - JOBNAME / STEPNAME - ELAPSED TIME - ID *<br />
* -W-E-- 00886108 TATERS3L / IDCAMS 00.00.01 01 *<br />
********************************************************************<br />
* O-OLDEST, W-WAIT, A-ABEND, E-ENQ, R-RECALL, L-RLS *<br />
*CAS****************************************************************<br />
IEC352I CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED<br />
Figure 50. <strong>Catalog</strong> Task <strong>and</strong> Status Display<br />
With the information from the CAS task <strong>and</strong> status display, you might consider<br />
cancelling the job which is holding the E-ENQ. To clear this condition, issue the<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> F CATALOG,END(id), where id is the id of the O-OLDEST task. In most<br />
cases this will solve the hang or lockout situation. In some cases the sequence of<br />
F CATALOG,LIST <strong>and</strong> F CATALOG,END,(id) comm<strong>and</strong>s needs to be repeated until the<br />
situation is resolved.<br />
For diagnostic purposes, <strong>and</strong> certainly before you are going to cancel jobs or<br />
issue comm<strong>and</strong>s to manipulate the CAS, you should take a CAS dump using the<br />
following system comm<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> dump options:<br />
DUMP COMM=(title)<br />
Rid,JOBNAME=(CATALOG),SDATA=(CSA,LPA,LSQA,SQA,RGN,GRSQ,SWA,TRT,SUM)<br />
Keep in mind that the comm<strong>and</strong> F CATALOG,RESTART is considered as the last resort<br />
before an IPL. The reason for this is that all current catalog requests need to be<br />
ended <strong>and</strong> will have to be resumed after the CAS restart. If a CAS request cannot
e ended because of an outst<strong>and</strong>ing I/O operation, the CAS restart will fail. This<br />
will finally result in an IPL needing to be performed.<br />
For further information, see Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914. For a complete <strong>and</strong><br />
up to date corrected description of the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>s refer to<br />
Appendix B.1, “MODIFY CATALOG Comm<strong>and</strong> Syntax” on page 101.<br />
Analyzing Structural Integrity 81
82 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Appendix A. <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface<br />
A.1 CSI Setup<br />
The <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface (CSI) is shipped as a component of base<br />
DFSMS/MVS 1.5. As its use is not widespread, we will take this opportunity to<br />
remind you of its availability <strong>and</strong> to point out its advantages over other methods of<br />
obtaining catalog information. The following sections describe:<br />
CSI setup<br />
CSI programming considerations<br />
The <strong>IBM</strong> supplied sample programs<br />
Real world example of CSI usage with sample code<br />
The CSI is a general-use programming interface for obtaining information from<br />
ICF catalogs. It provides great flexibility in specifying the selection criteria for the<br />
data that is to be returned. The CSI may be invoked by assembler programs,<br />
high-level language programs <strong>and</strong> REXX execs. See Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s,<br />
SC26-4914 for a complete description of the interface.<br />
Much of the information you can obtain from the CSI you could also obtain using<br />
an AMS LISTCAT comm<strong>and</strong>. However, there are some advantages that you may<br />
want to consider when accessing catalog information:<br />
Using a Generic Filter Key. When requesting information from the CSI for<br />
specific catalog entries, you may specify a generic filter key. This key can<br />
contain the following symbols used to filter the entry names:<br />
* A single asterisk to represent one or more characters within a qualifier<br />
** A double asterisk to represent zero or more qualifiers<br />
% A percent sign to represent one alphanumeric or national character<br />
%%... Up to eight characters can be specified in one qualifier<br />
Using the AMS LISTCAT comm<strong>and</strong>, you can request either information for<br />
specific ENTRIES or a LEVEL (entries beginning with the specified name),<br />
where generic names may contain one asterisk to represent one qualifier. For<br />
example, if you wanted to retrieve information about Language Environment<br />
target libraries, you could call the CSI <strong>and</strong> specify a generic filter key of<br />
CEE.**.SCEE*. Using the LISTCAT comm<strong>and</strong> you could only request<br />
information for LEVEL(CEE) <strong>and</strong> then scan AMS’s output matching your<br />
requirements.<br />
Using Selection Criteria Fields. When requesting information from the CSI<br />
for specific catalog fields, you may specify a list of field names. For example, if<br />
you were only interested in the volume <strong>and</strong> the file sequence number for<br />
specific data sets, you could specify the catalog field names VOLSER <strong>and</strong><br />
FILESEQ in the field name list when calling the CSI. Obtaining this information<br />
from AMS would require you to use the AMS LISTCAT ALL comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> to<br />
scan the output to retrieve the desired information.<br />
Performance Benefits. Using the CSI generally results in significantly better<br />
performance compared to using AMS LISTCAT, which does a catalog call for<br />
each entry processed. The flexibility in requesting only the information that<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 83
A.2 CSI Programming Considerations<br />
84 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
you are interested in from the CSI results in additional performance<br />
improvements, since you eliminate the retrieval of information that you will<br />
discard later.<br />
The CSI is distributed as load module IGGCSI00 in SYS1.LINKLIB. It is reentrant<br />
<strong>and</strong> reusable, can be invoked in 24-bit or 31-bit addressing mode, in any<br />
protection key, <strong>and</strong> in either problem or supervisor state.<br />
CSI requires three parameters to process your request:<br />
A 4-byte reason area used to return error or status information<br />
A variable length selection criteria list<br />
A work area used to return the requested catalog data<br />
Reason area: This 4-byte area provides additional information when a CSI<br />
request fails with return code 4 or 8. The reason area contains a 2-byte module<br />
ID, followed by a catalog reason <strong>and</strong> return code.<br />
Selection criteria list: This list is used to specify the generic filter key for the<br />
entries to be obtained, an optional catalog name, a list of requested entry types,<br />
<strong>and</strong> a variable length table of requested catalog field names. Copy code member<br />
IGGCSINA in SYS1.MACLIB provides a mapping for the selection criteria list.<br />
Work Area: This area contains the requested information from the catalog. It can<br />
reside anywhere, <strong>and</strong> can have a size between 1 KB <strong>and</strong> 1 MB. Generally a size<br />
of 64 KB is recommended. The information returned will be in the following<br />
sequence:<br />
Work area information. This contains the total length of the work area, the<br />
minimum length required for one catalog entry <strong>and</strong> one data entry, the length<br />
of the returned catalog data, <strong>and</strong> the number of field names.<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> information. This contains the catalog name, <strong>and</strong> a return <strong>and</strong><br />
reason code in case of an error processing this catalog. The following<br />
information will be for entries defined in this catalog. If multiple catalogs have<br />
been processed, this will then be followed by the next catalog’s information.<br />
Entry information. This contains the entry type, the entry name, a return <strong>and</strong><br />
reason code in case of an error processing this entry, <strong>and</strong> the length of field<br />
data returned for this entry. The following field information will apply to this<br />
entry, which will then be followed by the next entry information. Entry<br />
information will be provided in alphabetical order.<br />
Field name information. This consists of the total length field, an array of<br />
individual field lengths, <strong>and</strong> the field data itself. All length fields are 2-byte<br />
unsigned numbers. Depending on the fields requested, the returned data may<br />
be of fixed length (such as the expiration date DSEXDT2), of variable length<br />
(such as the SMS storage class STORCLAS), or may be an array of fields<br />
(such as the volume serial number VOLSER). Field information is provided in<br />
the sequence of the field name list specified in the selection criteria.<br />
To retrieve the information from the work area you will probably need to code a<br />
nested loop processing the data first by catalog level, next by entry level, <strong>and</strong><br />
finally by field level. Depending on the number of entries matching your search
A.3 <strong>IBM</strong> Supplied Sample Programs<br />
criteria, the results may not fit into the work area. In this case, CSI will set fields in<br />
the selection criteria list, CSIRESUM <strong>and</strong> CSIRESNM, that allow you to resume<br />
the information retrieval with subsequent calls to CSI.<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> provides three sample assembler programs <strong>and</strong> one REXX exec in<br />
SYS1.SAMPLIB. Here we provide a short summary of their functions. Refer to<br />
Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914 for a complete description of these sample<br />
programs.<br />
IGGCSILK produces output similar to that of an AMS LISTCAT CAT(catname)<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. The input to this program is the catalog name specified left-justified<br />
on an 80-byte SYSIN record.<br />
IGGCSIVG identifies unused space at the end of VSAM data sets defined in a<br />
given catalog. This is calculated as the difference of the high-allocated <strong>and</strong> the<br />
high-used relative byte address (HARBA-HURBA). Again, the catalog name is<br />
specified left-justified on an 80-byte SYSIN record.<br />
IGGCSIVS produces a list of data set names defined in a given catalog that<br />
reside on a specific volume. Such a list might be helpful in a recovery situation<br />
affecting that volume. The volume serial number is specified in columns 1 to 6<br />
of an 80-byte SYSIN record, <strong>and</strong> the catalog name is specified starting in<br />
column 7.<br />
IGGCSIRX is a REXX exec that produces a list of data set names matching a<br />
generic filter key. When you call it from a TSO/E session, it will prompt you for<br />
the filter key, <strong>and</strong> return matching data set names, their type, <strong>and</strong> volume<br />
definition.<br />
To get an idea of the performance benefits of using CSI, we assembled<br />
IGGCSILK <strong>and</strong> ran it in comparison with an AMS LISTCAT to list all entry names in<br />
our s<strong>and</strong>box master catalog. Table 7 shows the times used to list the 4505 entries<br />
in the catalog.<br />
Being curious about the reasons for the differences, we then ran Generalized<br />
Trace Facility (GTF) traces to count the number of ENQ’s/RESERVE’s <strong>and</strong> DEQ’s<br />
for AMS <strong>and</strong> CSI. From these figures, also included in Table 7, we can see that<br />
the numbers of ENQs/RESERVEs <strong>and</strong> DEQs for AMS are multiples of the number<br />
of entries in the catalog. In the case of CSI, the numbers are multiples of the<br />
number of calls that have to be made (including resume calls).<br />
To determine the effect of ECS on these performance figures, we finally removed<br />
our catalog from ECS <strong>and</strong> ran the jobs again. The results show that the numbers<br />
of ENQs/RESERVEs <strong>and</strong> DEQs are reduced by 29% (AMS) <strong>and</strong> 33% (CSI) when<br />
using ECS compared to VVDS mode sharing.<br />
As these figures cannot be representative or guaranteed, we suggest that you<br />
compare these jobs on your system, if you run LISTCATs on a regular basis.<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 85
86 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Table 7. Sample Timings Used by IDCAMS LISTCAT <strong>and</strong> IGGCSILC<br />
Timings AMS w/ ECS CSI w/ ECS AMS wo/ ECS CSI wo/ ECS<br />
Elapsed Time 11 sec 1 sec 24 sec 1 sec<br />
TCB Time 3.07 sec 0.04 sec 3.14 sec 0.04 sec<br />
SRB Time 0.06 sec 0.01 sec 0.06 sec 0.01 sec<br />
ENQ’s/RESERVEs 9010 18 13515 27<br />
DEQ’s 13515 18 18020 27
A.4 Real World Example of CSI Implementation<br />
The following example of using CSI is a module from Software AG’s product<br />
Entire System Server. This product is designed to make information from the<br />
operating system environment available to Natural programs in the same way<br />
that data is retrieved from Adabas or other databases. Unlike normal database<br />
requests that will select rows from tables, information requested from Entire<br />
System Server is obtained at execution time <strong>and</strong> returned to the calling program.<br />
You can request information from Entire System Server by specifying field names<br />
from views in a Natural FIND or PROCESS statement. Views have been<br />
predefined for various types of objects, one of which is the CATALOG view, <strong>and</strong><br />
the requested information will be provided by the CATALOG view processor.<br />
In earlier releases, two methods have been used to retrieve selected catalog<br />
information:<br />
Invoking Access Method Services (AMS)<br />
Using the TSO/E <strong>Catalog</strong> Information Routine (IKJEHCIR)<br />
When CSI became available with DFSMS/MVS 1.4, the CATALOG view<br />
processor was rewritten to utilize some of the advantages of CSI compared to the<br />
previously used methods. These enhancements include:<br />
Using a Generic Filter Key. This provides more flexibility than requesting<br />
data for ENTRIES or LEVEL from IDCAMS, or using entry codes X’04’<br />
(volume information for DSN) or X’06’ (volume information for DSN’s with<br />
same high level qualifier) with IKJEHCIR.<br />
Requesting Only Specific Fields. This is far more efficient than requesting<br />
all information from IDCAMS <strong>and</strong> then parsing the output for the information<br />
needed.<br />
Variety of Field Names Available. More fields may be easily included in the<br />
information request. IKJEHCIR retrieves only volume information; additional<br />
data has to be obtained using additional macros.<br />
No Limits on the Number of Entries. Due to the resume function available<br />
with the CSI, the information returned is not limited by the size of the work<br />
area. With IKJEHCIR the data returned is restricted by the maximum size of<br />
64 KB for the user work area. Even AMS LISTCAT has a restriction on the<br />
number of entries due to the amount of available storage below the line (24-bit<br />
addressing).<br />
Work Area Above 16 MB. This may relieve some storage constraints on a<br />
heavily used system. The user work area passed to IKJEHCIR has to be<br />
below 16 MB.<br />
Improved Performance. Retrieving catalog information from CSI is<br />
significantly faster than from AMS or IKJEHCIR.<br />
Additional considerations have to be taken when requesting volume information<br />
for data sets from the catalog(s). When non-VSAM data sets are defined using<br />
indirect volume serial forms, CSI (as well as AMS) will return the unresolved<br />
definition value, that is, either a system symbol or ’******’ for the system<br />
residence volume. In these cases, also, the device type returned will be zero.<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 87
88 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
In this sample program, the system symbol is resolved to the real volume serial<br />
number (see the call to ASASYMBM on page 93), <strong>and</strong> a UCB copy is obtained to<br />
get its device type (UCBSCAN COPY macro on page 93). Later, the device type<br />
is translated into a unit name (EDTINFO macro on page 96) that will be more<br />
meaningful to the user.<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
* *<br />
* MAINTENANCE: *<br />
* *<br />
* Date UID Description *<br />
* ------------------------------------------------------------------- *<br />
* 06.11.1998 STL Rewritten to use <strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface *<br />
* -------------> npr 221 release End of filter field<br />
MVI WKTRTAB,C’-’ Initialize function ...<br />
MVC WKTRTAB+1(255),WKTRTAB ... bytes table for TRT<br />
XC WKTRTAB+240(10),WKTRTAB+240 Clear 0 - 9<br />
MVC WKTRTAB+C’A’(9),WKTRTAB+240 Clear A - I<br />
MVC WKTRTAB+C’J’(9),WKTRTAB+240 Clear J - R<br />
MVC WKTRTAB+C’S’(8),WKTRTAB+240 Clear S - Z<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’.’,0 Clear period<br />
MVC WKTRTAB+C’$’(2),WKTRTAB+240 Clear $ - *<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’-’,0 Clear hyphen<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’%’,0 Clear percent
MVC WKTRTAB+C’#’(2),WKTRTAB+240 Clear # - @<br />
C_SPACE EQU *+1,1,C’C’<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’ ’,C’ ’ Set space<br />
C_USCORE EQU *+1,1,C’C’<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’_’,C’_’ Set underscore<br />
TRTDSN DS 0H<br />
TRT DSNAME,WKTRTAB Check for valid characters<br />
BZ DSNOK No strange characters<br />
CLM R2,1,C_SPACE Space found ?<br />
BE DSNOK OK as well<br />
CLM R2,1,C_USCORE Underscore found ?<br />
BNE INVDSN No - some strange character<br />
MVI 0(R1),C’%’ Yes - replace by percent<br />
B TRTDSN Repeat<br />
SPACE<br />
DSNOK DS 0H<br />
CLC PREFIX(2),C_NO PREFIX=NO specified ?<br />
BE PREFIXOK Yes - go to process<br />
LA R0,DSNAME+44-4 R0 -> end of DSNAME - 4<br />
CR R1,R0 How much space for asterisks ?<br />
*.STL01. BL TRISTARS Enough for ’.*.**’<br />
NOP TRISTARS Enough for ’.*.**’ .STL01.<br />
*.STL01. BE TWOSTARS Enough for ’.**’<br />
NOP TWOSTARS Enough for ’.**’ .STL01.<br />
LA R0,DSNAME+44-2 R0 -> end of DSNAME - 2<br />
CR R1,R0 How much space for asterisks ?<br />
BL TWOSTARS Enough for ’.**’<br />
*.STL01. BH PREFIXOK Not enough space for any *’s<br />
B PREFIXOK Not enough space for any.STL01.<br />
MVC 0(2,R1),C_SUFFIX Just enough space for ’.*’<br />
B PREFIXOK Continue<br />
TWOSTARS DS 0H<br />
MVC 0(3,R1),C_SUFFIX+2 Enough space for ’.**’<br />
B PREFIXOK Continue<br />
TRISTARS DS 0H<br />
BCTR R1,0 R1 -> last character of DSNAME<br />
CLI 0(R1),C’*’ is there an asterisk already ?<br />
LA R1,1(,R1) . (restore suffix position)<br />
BE TWOSTARS yes - suffix with only ’.**’<br />
MVC 0(5,R1),C_SUFFIX Enough space for ’.*.**’<br />
SPACE<br />
PREFIXOK DS 0H<br />
MVI WKS1CAT,C’ ’ Set default search all cat’s<br />
CLC OPTION,C_LONG OPTION=LONG specified ?<br />
BE OPTIONOK Yes - continue<br />
CLI OPTION,0 OPTION not specified ?<br />
BE OPTIONOK Yes - continue<br />
CLC OPTION,C_UCAT OPTION=USERCAT specified ?<br />
BNE INVOPT No - invalid specification<br />
MVI WKS1CAT,C’Y’ Indicate search this cat only<br />
SPACE<br />
OPTIONOK DS 0H<br />
CLI USERCAT,0 USERCAT not specified ?<br />
BE NOUCAT Yes - set field to blanks<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’*’,C’-’ Asterisk invalid in catalogname<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’%’,C’-’ Percent invalid in catalogname<br />
MVI WKTRTAB+C’_’,C’-’ Uscore invalid in catalogname<br />
TRT USERCAT,WKTRTAB Check for valid characters<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 89
90 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
BZ INVUCAT No strange characters<br />
CLM R2,1,C_SPACE Space found ?<br />
BNE INVUCAT No - some strange character<br />
SPACE<br />
NOUCAT DS 0H<br />
MVI USERCAT,C’ ’ Set USERCAT field ...<br />
MVC USERCAT+1(43),USERCAT ... to blanks<br />
SPACE<br />
UCATOK DS 0H<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
* *<br />
* 2. getmain buffer for CSI work area *<br />
* use SUBPOOL 8 for view 8 *<br />
* build selection criteria for CSI *<br />
* *<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
LA R15,WKCSIRSN R15 -> CSI reason area<br />
ST R15,WKCSIPR1 set as 1st parameter address<br />
MVC CSIFILTK,DSNAME set generic filter key<br />
MVC CSICATNM,USERCAT set catalog name<br />
MVI CSIRESNM,C’ ’ clear resume name ...<br />
MVC CSIRESNM+1(44+16+1),CSIRESNM ... <strong>and</strong> types & options<br />
MVC CSIS1CAT,WKS1CAT set catalog search option<br />
MVC CSIFLDNM,=CL8’DEVTYP’ set 1st field name<br />
MVC CSIFLDN2,=CL8’VOLSER’ set 2nd field name<br />
MVC CSIFLDN3,=CL8’FILESEQ’ set 3rd field name<br />
LA R0,3 R0 := number of field names<br />
STH R0,CSINUMEN set number of field entries<br />
LA R15,WKCSISEL R15 -> CSI selection criteria<br />
ST R15,WKCSIPR2 set as 1st parameter address<br />
STORAGE OBTAIN,LENGTH=32760, Obtain storage for CSI ... *<br />
SP=8,LOC=ANY,COND=YES ... work area<br />
LTR R15,R15 Request successful ?<br />
BNZ STGERR No - return error code<br />
SPACE<br />
LR R11,R1 Yes - load into R11<br />
ST R0,0(,R11) set work area length<br />
ST R11,WKCSIPR3 set as 3rd parameter address<br />
OI WKCSIPR3,128 indicate last parameter<br />
ST R11,WKCURPOS+4 save address in position<br />
SPACE<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
* *<br />
* 3. call catalog search interface (available since DFSMS/MVS V1R4) *<br />
* (see DFSMS/MVS Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, Appendix D, CSI User’s Guide) *<br />
* *<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
CALLCSI DS 0H<br />
LA R1,WKCSIPR1 R1 -> parameter address list<br />
*** L R15,=V(IGGCSI00) R15 -> <strong>Catalog</strong> search interface<br />
*** BALR R14,R15 call CSI<br />
LINK EP=IGGCSI00 call catalog search interface<br />
LTR R15,R15 <strong>Catalog</strong> search successful ?<br />
BNZ CSIERR No - return error code<br />
SPACE<br />
USING CSIRWORK,R11<br />
L R9,CSIUSDLN R9 := used work area length<br />
ALR R9,R11 R9 -> end of used work area
LA R10,WORKEND R10 -> 1st entry<br />
USING CSIENTRY,R10<br />
MVC USERCAT,CSICNAME move (user) catalog name<br />
ST R10,WKCURPOS save current (initial) position<br />
TM CSICFLG,CSINOENT any entries found ?<br />
BO CATENTRY no - go to get next entry<br />
SPACE 3<br />
GETIT DS 0H +<br />
CLI OPENOK,1 + Did S1/S4 preceed ?<br />
BNE INVFUNC + No, invalid function sequence<br />
ICM R15,3,WKERR + Any previous error ?<br />
BNZ HANDERR + Yes, h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE<br />
GETNEXT DS 0H<br />
LM R10,R11,WKCURPOS restore current position<br />
L R9,CSIUSDLN R9 := used work area length<br />
ALR R9,R11 R9 -> end of used work area<br />
CR R10,R9 current entry within workarea ?<br />
BL TESTTYPE yes - continue<br />
CLI CSIRESUM,C’Y’ more catalog entries ?<br />
BE CALLCSI Yes - call CSI with resume<br />
B EODAD No - signal end of data<br />
SPACE<br />
TESTTYPE DS 0H<br />
CLI CSIETYPE,C’0’ Is entry for a catalog ?<br />
BE CATENTRY Yes - go to process<br />
MVC DSNAME,CSIENAME No - copy entry name<br />
LA R15,ENTYPTAB R15 -> entry type table<br />
LA R0,ENTYPLEN R0 := size of one entry<br />
LA R1,ENTYPEND-1 R1 -> end of table<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
* *<br />
* 4. copy retrieved information into dynamic work area *<br />
* *<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
FINDTYPE DS 0H<br />
CLC CSIETYPE,0(R15) entry type found ?<br />
BE COPYTYPE yes - go to copy type<br />
BXLE R15,R0,FINDTYPE no - repeat for next entry<br />
MVC TYPE,=C’-N/A-( )’ end of table, type not found<br />
MVC TYPE+6(1),CSIETYPE set entry type from CSI<br />
B TYPEDONE continue<br />
COPYTYPE DS 0H<br />
MVC TYPE,1(R15) copy type from table entry<br />
SPACE<br />
TYPEDONE DS 0H<br />
TM CSIEFLAG,CSIENTER Error indication set ?<br />
BZ COPYINFO No - go to copy info fields<br />
MVI DSNAME+34,C’-’ Yes - insert hyphen into DSN<br />
MVC DSNAME+35(2),CSIERETM insert module ID<br />
MVI DSNAME+37,C’-’ insert hyphen<br />
MVC WKDOUB+6(1),CSIERETR prepare reason code for unpack<br />
MVI WKDOUB+7,6 append packed hyphen<br />
UNPK DSNAME+38(3),WKDOUB unpack reason code<br />
TR DSNAME+38(2),HEXTRTAB translate hex digits<br />
MVC WKDOUB+6(1),CSIERETC prepare return code for unpack<br />
UNPK DSNAME+41(3),WKDOUB unpack reason code<br />
TR DSNAME+41(2),HEXTRTAB translate hex digits<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 91
92 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
LA R10,CSIEDATA R10 -> next entry<br />
B INFODONE continue<br />
SPACE<br />
COPYINFO DS 0H<br />
LA R7,CSILENFD R7 -> 1st length field<br />
LH R8,CSINUMFD R8 := number of field names+1<br />
BCTR R8,0 R8 := number of field names<br />
SLL R8,1 R8 := length of field names<br />
LA R8,0(R8,R7) R8 -> 1st field data<br />
ICM R15,3,0(R7) any data for devtype ?<br />
BZ NODEVTYP no - continue<br />
MVC DEVTYPE,0(R8) copy devtype<br />
B COPYVOLS continue<br />
NODEVTYP DS 0H<br />
XC DEVTYPE,DEVTYPE clear devtype field<br />
SPACE<br />
COPYVOLS DS 0H<br />
AH R8,0(,R7) R8 -> 2nd field data<br />
LA R7,2(,R7) R7 -> 2nd field length<br />
LH R15,0(,R7) R15 := volser field length<br />
SLR R14,R14 clear R14<br />
LA R1,6 R1 := one volser’s length<br />
DR R14,R1 R15 := number of volumes<br />
CVD R15,WKDOUB convert to decimal<br />
ZAP NUMVOLS,WKDOUB set number of volumes<br />
ICM R15,7,WKCURVOL+4+1 multi-volume dataset ?<br />
BNZ CONTVOLS yes - continue to move volser<br />
LH R15,0(,R7) R15 := volser field length<br />
LR R14,R8 R14 -> source field for MVCL<br />
B MVCLVOLS continue<br />
CONTVOLS DS 0H<br />
L R14,WKCURVOL R14 -> source data for MVCL<br />
MVCLVOLS DS 0H<br />
ICM R15,8,C_SPACE insert padding byte for MVCL<br />
LA R0,VOLSER R0 -> destination field<br />
STM R14,R15,WKLSTVOL save this volume(s) position<br />
MVCL R0,R14 move one volume serial number<br />
STM R14,R15,WKCURVOL save next volume(s) position<br />
SPACE<br />
CLC VOLSER,C_SYSRES SYSRES volume ?<br />
BNE TESTSYMB no - continue<br />
L R15,CVTPTR R15 -> CVT<br />
L R15,CVTSYSAD-CVT(,R15) R15 -> SYSRES UCB<br />
MVC VOLSER,UCBVOLI-UCBCMSEG(R15) move real volser<br />
MVC DEVTYPE,UCBTYP-UCBCMSEG(R15) move device type<br />
SPACE<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
* *<br />
* 5. eventually substitute system symbol with real volser *<br />
* *<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
TESTSYMB DS 0H<br />
CLI VOLSER,C’&&’ system symbol in volser ?<br />
BNE COPYFSEQ no - continue<br />
LA R15,WKSYMTBL R15 -> internal symbol table<br />
LA R0,WKSYMTBN R0 := number of entries<br />
COMPSYMB DS 0H<br />
CLC VOLSER,0(R15) symbol found ?
BE COPYSYMB yes - go to copy substitution<br />
LA R15,16(,R15) R15 -> next table entry<br />
BCT R0,COMPSYMB repeat for next entry<br />
SPACE<br />
MVC WKPATTRN,VOLSER yes - move pattern for ASASYMBM<br />
XC WKSYMBP,WKSYMBP clear ASASYMBM parameter area<br />
USING SYMBP,WKSYMBP<br />
LA R15,WKPATTRN R15 -> pattern for ASASYMBM<br />
ST R15,SYMBPPATTERN@ Save in SYMBP area<br />
LA R15,6 R15 := length of pattern<br />
ST R15,SYMBPPATTERNLENGTH Save in SYMBP area<br />
ST R15,WKTARGLN set target length<br />
LA R15,WKTARGET R15 -> target for ASASYMBM<br />
ST R15,SYMBPTARGET@ Save in SYMBP area<br />
LA R15,WKTARGLN R15 -> target length field<br />
ST R15,SYMBPTARGETLENGTH@ Save in SYMBP area<br />
LA R15,WKSYMBRC R15 -> return code field<br />
ST R15,SYMBPRETURNCODE@ Save in SYMBP area<br />
LINK EP=ASASYMBM,MF=(E,WKSYMBP) call symbol substitution<br />
ICM R15,15,WKSYMBRC ASASYMBM request successful ?<br />
BNZ SYMBERR no - return error code<br />
SPACE<br />
MVC VOLSER,WKTARGET move substituted volser<br />
SPACE<br />
UCBSCAN COPY,WORKAREA=WKUCBSWA, get a copy of the UCB ... *<br />
UCBAREA=WKUCBCPY,VOLSER=VOLSER, ... for this volser *<br />
MF=(E,WKUCBSCN,COMPLETE)<br />
LTR R15,R15 UCBSCAN successful ?<br />
BNZ UCBSERR no - return error code<br />
SPACE<br />
MVC DEVTYPE,UCBTYP-UCBCMSEG+WKUCBCPY move device type<br />
SPACE<br />
LA R15,WKSYMTBL R15 -> internal symbol table<br />
LA R0,WKSYMTBN R0 := number of entries<br />
TESTISTE DS 0H<br />
CLI 0(R15),C’&&’ entry already filled ?<br />
BNE INSRTSYM no - go to insert symbol<br />
LA R15,16(,R15) R15 -> next table entry<br />
BCT R0,TESTISTE repeat for next entry<br />
B COPYFSEQ table full - forget about it<br />
SPACE<br />
INSRTSYM DS 0H<br />
MVC 0(6,R15),WKPATTRN insert symbol into table<br />
MVC 6(6,R15),WKTARGET insert substitution into table<br />
MVC 12(4,R15),UCBTYP-UCBCMSEG+WKUCBCPY move device type<br />
SPACE<br />
COPYSYMB DS 0H<br />
MVC VOLSER,6(R15) move substituted volser<br />
MVC DEVTYPE,12(R15) move corresponding device type<br />
SPACE<br />
COPYFSEQ DS 0H<br />
AH R8,0(,R7) R8 -> 3rd field data<br />
LA R7,2(,R7) R7 -> 3rd field length<br />
ICM R0,3,0(R7) any data for fileseq ?<br />
BZ NOFILSEQ no - continue<br />
LH R0,0(,R8) R0 := file sequence number<br />
CVD R0,WKDOUB convert to decimal<br />
ZAP VOLSEQ,WKDOUB set volume sequence number<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 93
94 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
B COPYDONE continue<br />
NOFILSEQ DS 0H<br />
ZAP VOLSEQ,=P’0’ set volume sequence number zero<br />
SPACE<br />
COPYDONE DS 0H<br />
ICM R15,7,WKCURVOL+4+1 more volumes left to be moved ?<br />
BNZ INFODONE yes - process same entry next<br />
SPACE<br />
ST R10,WKLSTPOS save this entry’s position<br />
LH R15,CSITOTLN R15 := total length of data<br />
LA R10,CSIEDATA(R15) R10 -> next entry<br />
SPACE<br />
INFODONE DS 0H<br />
ST R10,WKCURPOS save current position<br />
SPACE<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
* *<br />
* 6. call search-buffer analyze routine *<br />
* *<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 Line(s) not Displayed<br />
* COMPARISONS SUCCEEDED<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
* *<br />
* 7. call record-buffer build routine *<br />
* *<br />
***********************************************************************<br />
CATFLDS DS 0H +<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 Line(s) not Displayed<br />
MVC WKCURPOS,WKLSTPOS restore current position<br />
MVC WKCURVOL,WKLSTVOL restore current volume<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 Line(s) not Displayed<br />
CATENTRY DS 0H<br />
MVC USERCAT,CSIENAME move (user) catalog name<br />
LA R10,CSILENFD R10 -> next entry<br />
ST R10,WKCURPOS save current position<br />
B GETNEXT go to get next (non-cat) entry<br />
*<br />
EJECT<br />
*<br />
CLOSE DS 0H + TERMINATE FUNCTION<br />
ICM R11,15,WKCURPOS+4 R11 -> CSI work area (if obt’d)<br />
BZ FREEWA no - free dynamic work area<br />
STORAGE RELEASE,LENGTH=32760, Release storage for CSI ... *<br />
ADDR=(R11),SP=8 - COND=YES ... work area<br />
LTR R15,R15 Request successful ?<br />
BNZ STGERR - S378 - No - return error code<br />
B FREEWA go to free dynamic work area<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20 Line(s) not Displayed<br />
SPACE 3<br />
NOTFOUND DS 0H<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERRNTFT move not found error text<br />
LA R15,ERRNTF R15 := not found error code<br />
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
INVDSN DS 0H<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERRDSNT move DSN error text<br />
LA R15,ERRDSN R15 := DSN error code
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
INVOPT DS 0H<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERROPTT move option error text<br />
LA R15,ERROPT R15 := option error code<br />
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
INVUCAT DS 0H<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERRUCAT move catalog error text<br />
LA R15,ERRUCA R15 := UCAT error code<br />
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
STGERR DS 0H<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERRSTGT move storage error text<br />
LA R15,ERRSTG R15 := Stg Err return code<br />
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
CSIERR DS 0H<br />
CLI WKCSIRSN+3,122 RC 122 (’invalid filter key’) ?<br />
BE INVDSN yes - return syntax error<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERRCSIT move CSI error text<br />
MVC WKERRT+27(2),WKCSIRSN insert module ID<br />
MVC WKDOUB+6(1),WKCSIRSN+2 prepare reason code for UNPK<br />
MVI WKDOUB+7,167 append packed colon<br />
UNPK WKERRT+38(3),WKDOUB unpack CSI reason code<br />
TR WKERRT+38(2),HEXTRTAB translate hex digits<br />
MVC WKDOUB+6(1),WKCSIRSN+3 prepare return code for UNPK<br />
MVI WKDOUB+7,167 append packed colon<br />
UNPK WKERRT+45(3),WKDOUB unpack CSI return code<br />
TR WKERRT+45(2),HEXTRTAB translate hex digits<br />
LA R15,ERRCSI R15 := CSI fail return code<br />
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
SYMBERR DS 0H<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERRSYMT move symbol subst. error text<br />
MVC WKERRT+28(6),WKPATTRN insert symbol<br />
MVC WKDOUB+6(1),WKSYMBRC+3 prepare return code for UNPK<br />
MVI WKDOUB+7,167 append packed colon<br />
UNPK WKERRT+39(3),WKDOUB unpack SYMB return code<br />
TR WKERRT+39(2),HEXTRTAB translate hex digits<br />
LA R15,ERRSYM R15 := SYMB fail return code<br />
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
UCBSERR DS 0H<br />
MVC WKERRT,ERRUCBT move UCBSCAN error text<br />
MVC WKERRT+27(6),WKTARGET insert volume<br />
STC R15,WKDOUB+6 prepare return code for UNPK<br />
MVI WKDOUB+7,167 append packed colon<br />
UNPK WKERRT+38(3),WKDOUB unpack SYMB return code<br />
TR WKERRT+38(2),HEXTRTAB translate hex digits<br />
LA R15,ERRUCB R15 := UCBSCAN fail return code<br />
B HANDERR go to h<strong>and</strong>le error<br />
SPACE 3<br />
HANDERR DS 0H + HANDLE ERROR CONDITION<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 34 Line(s) not Displayed<br />
**** FIELD ROUTINES FOR VIEW 08 *******<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7 Line(s) not Displayed<br />
*<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 95
96 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
VIEW08A1 DS 0H + DSNAME<br />
LA R1,DSNAME + POINT TO DSNAME<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08A2 DS 0H + DEVICE-CODE<br />
LA R1,DEVTYPE + POINT TO DEVICE TYPE<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08A3 DS 0H + VOLSER<br />
LA R1,VOLSER + POINT TO VOLSER<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08A4 DS 0H + VOLUME SEQUENCE<br />
LA R1,VOLSEQ + GET VOL SEQUENCE<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08A5 DS 0H + NUMBER-OF-VOLUMES<br />
LA R1,NUMVOLS + POINT TO VOL COUNT<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08A6 DS 0H + SERIES<br />
EDTINFO RTNUNIT,DEVTYPE=DEVTYPE, return unitname for ... *<br />
OUTUNIT=UNITNAME,MF=(E,WKEDTINF) ... this device type<br />
LA R1,UNITNAME + POINT TO UNITNAME<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08A7 DS 0H + CLASS<br />
TM DEVTYPE+2,X’20’ direct access device ?<br />
BZ NOTDASD no - try next class<br />
MVC DEVCLASS,=C’DASD’ yes - set class DASD<br />
B CLASDONE continue<br />
NOTDASD DS 0H<br />
TM DEVTYPE+2,X’80’ tape device ?<br />
BZ NOTTAPE no - try next class<br />
MVC DEVCLASS,=C’TAPE’ yes - set class TAPE<br />
B CLASDONE continue<br />
NOTTAPE DS 0H<br />
MVC DEVCLASS,=C’-NA-’ hardly believable<br />
CLASDONE DS 0H<br />
LA R1,DEVCLASS + POINT TO DEVICE CLASS<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08A8 DS 0H + TYPE<br />
LA R1,TYPE + POINT TO FILE TYPE<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08AB DS 0H + PREFIX<br />
LA R1,PREFIX + POINT TO YES³NO<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08AC DS 0H + USER-CATALOG<br />
LA R1,USERCAT + POINT TO CATALOG NAME<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
*<br />
VIEW08AD DS 0H + OPTION<br />
LA R1,OPTION + POINT TO OPTION<br />
BR R14 + RETURN<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 40 Line(s) not Displayed
SPACE 3<br />
ENTYPTAB DC C’A’,CL8’NONVSAM ’ Table of entry types<br />
ENTYPLEN EQU *-ENTYPTAB size of one entry<br />
DC C’B’,CL8’GDG ’ .<br />
DC C’C’,CL8’CLUSTER ’ .<br />
DC C’D’,CL8’DATA ’ .<br />
DC C’G’,CL8’AIX ’ .<br />
DC C’H’,CL8’GDS ’ .<br />
DC C’I’,CL8’INDEX ’ .<br />
DC C’R’,CL8’PATH ’ .<br />
DC C’U’,CL8’USERCAT ’ .<br />
DC C’X’,CL8’ALIAS ’ .<br />
ENTYPEND EQU * end of table<br />
HEXTRTAB EQU *-240 Translate table for hex digits<br />
C_029 DC C’0123456789’ Digits 0 to 9<br />
C_A2I DC C’ABCDEFGHI’ Char’s A to I<br />
C_J2R DC C’JKLMNOPQR’ Char’s J to R<br />
C_NO EQU C_J2R+4,2,C’C’ C’NO’<br />
C_S2Z DC C’STUVWXYZ’ Char’s S to Z<br />
C_SUFFIX DC C’.*.**’ Suffix for DSNAME<br />
DC C’****’ more asterisks<br />
C_SYSRES EQU *-6,6,C’C’ SYSRES volume<br />
C_LONG DC CL8’LONG ’ Keyword OPTION value<br />
C_UCAT DC CL8’USERCAT ’ Keyword OPTION value<br />
C_SPACES DC CL8’ ’ Spaces<br />
* * * ----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5<br />
ERRNTF EQU 562<br />
ERRNTFT DC CL50’<strong>Catalog</strong> entry not found. ’<br />
ERRDSN EQU 565<br />
ERRDSNT DC CL50’Syntax error in data set name. ’<br />
ERRUCA EQU 566<br />
ERRUCAT DC CL50’Syntax error in catalog name. ’<br />
ERROPT EQU 567<br />
ERROPTT DC CL50’Invalid OPTION, specify LONG or USERCAT. ’<br />
ERRCSI EQU 787<br />
ERRCSIT DC CL50’CSI request failed, Module:..:,Reason:..:,RC:..: ’<br />
ERRSTG EQU 786<br />
ERRSTGT DC CL50’Unable to obtain/release storage for CSI work area’<br />
ERRSYM EQU 788<br />
ERRSYMT DC CL50’Unable to substitute symbol:......:,RC:..: ’<br />
ERRUCB EQU 789<br />
ERRUCBT DC CL50’Unable to get UCB copy for:......:,RC:..: ’<br />
LTORG<br />
EJECT<br />
COPY VIEWWK WORK AREA<br />
************ WORK FIELDS FOR THIS VIEW PROCESSOR *****************<br />
************ here starts area of output fields *******************<br />
V8OUTPF DS 0H Output fields<br />
* DSNAME . . defined in common workarea<br />
DEVTYPE DS BL4 Device type<br />
* VOLSER . . defined in common workarea<br />
VOLSEQ DS PL2 Volume sequence number<br />
NUMVOLS DS PL2 Volume Count<br />
UNITNAME DS CL8 Unit name (SERIES)<br />
DEVCLASS DS CL4 Device class (DASD, TAPE, ...)<br />
TYPE DS CL8 Entry type<br />
USERCAT DS CL44 Usercatalog name<br />
OPTION DS CL8 Option (LONG / USERCAT)<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 97
98 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
PREFIX DS CL3 Prefix (YES / NO)<br />
V8OUTPL EQU *-V8OUTPF Output fields length<br />
************ here ends area of output fields *******************<br />
SPACE<br />
WKS1CAT DS CL1 <strong>Catalog</strong> search option (Y / b)<br />
WKCSIPR1 DS A 1st parameter address for CSI<br />
WKCSIPR2 DS A 2nd parameter address for CSI<br />
WKCSIPR3 DS A 3rd parameter address for CSI<br />
WKCSIRSN DS XL4 CSI reason area<br />
WKCSISEL DS 0F CSI selection criteria<br />
*/* ---- COPY IGGCSINA --------------- copied to (w/o DSECT): ----- */<br />
CSIFILTK DS CL44 FILTER KEY<br />
CSICATNM DS CL44 CATALOG NAME OR BLANKS<br />
CSIRESNM DS CL44 RESUME NAME OR BLANKS<br />
CSIDTYPD DS 0CL16 ENTRY TYPES<br />
CSIDTYPS DS 16CL1 ENTRY TYPES<br />
CSIOPTS DS 0CL4 CSI OPTIONS<br />
CSICLDI DS CL1 RETURN D&I IF C A MATCH Y OR BLNK<br />
CSIRESUM DS CL1 RESUME FLAG Y OR BLANK<br />
CSIS1CAT DS CL1 SEARCH CATALOG Y OR BLANK<br />
CSIRESRV DS XL1 RESERVED<br />
CSINUMEN DS H NUMBER OF ENTRIES FOLLOWING<br />
CSIENTS DS 0CL8 VARIABLE NUMBER OF ENTRIES FOLLOW<br />
CSIFLDNM DS CL8 FIELD NAME<br />
*/* ---- COPY IGGCSINA --------------- end of copy book ----------- */<br />
CSIFLDN2 DS CL8 2nd field name (VOLSER)<br />
CSIFLDN3 DS CL8 3rd field name (FILESEQ)<br />
SPACE<br />
WKCURPOS DS 2F saved curr. position (R10,R11)<br />
WKCURVOL DS 2F saved current volser (R14,R15)<br />
WKLSTPOS DS 2F saved last position (R10,R11)<br />
WKLSTVOL DS 2F saved last volser (R14,R15)<br />
SPACE<br />
EDTINFO MF=(L,WKEDTINF) Parameter List for EDTINFO<br />
SPACE<br />
UCBSCAN MF=(L,WKUCBSCN) Parameter List for UCBSCAN<br />
WKUCBSWA DS CL100 UCBSCAN work area<br />
WKUCBCPY DS CL48 UCB copy area<br />
SPACE<br />
WKSYMBP DS CL(SYMBP_LEN) Parameter List for ASASYMBM<br />
WKSYMBRC DS F ASASYMBM return code<br />
WKPATTRN DS CL6 pattern for symbol substitution<br />
WKTARGET DS CL6 target for symbol substitution<br />
WKTARGLN DS F target length<br />
WKSYMTBL DS CL6,CL6,BL4 symbol, substitution, devtype<br />
DS CL6,CL6,BL4 2nd entry<br />
DS CL6,CL6,BL4 3rd entry<br />
WKSYMTBN EQU 3 number of table entries<br />
SPACE<br />
WKTRTAB DS CL256 Area used for TR, TRT<br />
WALEN EQU *-WADS Length of work area<br />
SPACE 3<br />
CSIRWORK DSECT CSI RETURN WORK AREA<br />
CSIUSRLN DS F TOTAL LENGTH OF WORK AREA<br />
CSIREQLN DS F MINIMUM REQUIRED WORK AREA<br />
CSIUSDLN DS F TOTAL LENGTH OF WORK AREA USED<br />
CSINUMFD DS H NUMBER OF FIELD NAMES PLUS ONE<br />
SPACE
CSICFLG DS BL1 CATALOG FLAG INFORMATION<br />
CSINTICF EQU X’80’ NON-ICF CATALOG, NOT SUPPORTED<br />
CSINOENT EQU X’40’ NO ENTRY FOUND FOR THIS CATALOG<br />
CSINTCMP EQU X’20’ DATA ... NOT COMPLETE<br />
CSICERR EQU X’10’ CATALOG NOT PROCESSED<br />
CSICERRP EQU X’08’ CATALOG PARTIALLY PROCESSED<br />
CSICTYPE DS CL1 CATALOG TYPE (HEX ’F0’)<br />
CSICNAME DS CL44 CATALOG NAME<br />
CSICRETN DS 0CL4 RETURN INFORMATION FOR CATALOG<br />
CSICRETM DS CL2 CATALOG RETURN MODULE ID<br />
CSICRETR DS XL1 CATALOG RETURN REASON CODE<br />
CSICRETC DS XL1 CATALOG RETURN CODE<br />
WORKEND DS 0F<br />
SPACE<br />
CSIENTRY DS 0H<br />
CSIEFLAG DS XL1 ENTRY FLAG INFORMATION<br />
CSIPMENT EQU X’80’ PRIMARY ENTRY<br />
CSIENTER EQU X’40’ ERROR INDICATION IS SET<br />
CSIEDATR EQU X’20’ DATA IS RETURNED FOR THIS ENTRY<br />
CSIETYPE DS XL1 ENTRY TYPE<br />
CSIENAME DS CL44 ENTRY NAME<br />
CSIERETN DS 0XL4 RETURN INFORMATION FOR ENTRY<br />
CSIERETM DS CL2 ENTRY RETURN MODULE ID<br />
CSIERETR DS XL1 ENTRY RETURN REASON CODE<br />
CSIERETC DS XL1 ENTRY RETURN CODE<br />
ORG CSIERETN<br />
CSIEDATA DS 0H<br />
CSITOTLN DS XL2 TOTAL LENGTH OF RETURNED DATA<br />
DS XL2 RESERVED<br />
CSILENFD DS 0H<br />
CSILENF1 DS XL2 LENGTH OF FIELD(S)<br />
SPACE 3<br />
PRINT NOGEN<br />
ASASYMBP , ASASYMBM Parameter List<br />
SPACE 3<br />
CVT DSECT=YES CVT DSECT<br />
SPACE 3<br />
IEFUCBOB DEVCLAS=DA UCB MAPPING MACRO<br />
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 Line(s) not Displayed<br />
END ,<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong>SearchInterface 99
100 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Appendix B. What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New<br />
In this appendix we show the complete comm<strong>and</strong> syntax for the MODIFY CATALOG<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> the new <strong>and</strong> changed messages that ECS utilizes.<br />
B.1 MODIFY CATALOG Comm<strong>and</strong> Syntax<br />
The MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> its parameters are shown in Figure 51.<br />
{MODIFY|F} CATALOG, {ABEND({id|taskaddr|ALLOCATE|ANALYSIS|MODIFY})}<br />
{ALIASLEVEL(n)}<br />
{ALLOCATE(catname)[,{NOISC|NOVLF}]}<br />
{ALLOCATED[(volser)]}<br />
{CATMAX(xx)}<br />
{CLOSE(catname)}<br />
{{DUMPON[(retcode,rsncode,modid[,count])]|DUMPOFF}}<br />
{ECSHR(AUTOADD|CONNECT|DISCONNECT|<br />
ENABLE,catname|ENABLEALL|REMOVE,catname|<br />
STATUS[,catname])}<br />
{END(id)[,{REDRIVE|NOREDRIVE}]}<br />
{ENTRY[(csectname)]}<br />
{{ISC|NOISC}(catname)}<br />
{LIST[{(id)|(taskaddr)}]}<br />
{LISTJ(jobname)[,DETAIL]}<br />
{REPORT[,{CACHE[(catname)]|DUMP|<br />
PERFORMANCE[(RESET)]}]}<br />
{RESTART}<br />
{ROTATE|NOROTATE}<br />
{{SYS%ON|SYS%OFF}}<br />
{TASKMAX(xx)}<br />
{UNALLOCATE[(catname)]}<br />
{VCLOSE(volser)}<br />
{{VLF|NOVLF}(catname)}<br />
{{VUNALLOCATE|NOVUNALLOCATE}}<br />
{{WARNING|NOWARNING}}<br />
Figure 51. MODIFY CATALOG Comm<strong>and</strong> Syntax<br />
The parameters are:<br />
ABEND<br />
Terminates a CAS task with abend code 91A. Any catalog request in process<br />
at the time of the abend is redriven once. The task can be specified as:<br />
(id)<br />
The service task with the specified CAS task id is terminated.<br />
(taskaddr)<br />
The CAS service task with the specified four byte hexadecimal TCB<br />
address is terminated.<br />
(ALLOCATE)<br />
The CAS allocation task (IGG0CLGE) is terminated <strong>and</strong> a new CAS<br />
allocation task is attached.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 101
102 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
(ANALYSIS)<br />
The CAS analysis task (IGG0CLGG) is terminated <strong>and</strong> a new CAS analysis<br />
task is attached.<br />
(MODIFY)<br />
The CAS modify task (IGG0CLGA) is terminated <strong>and</strong> a new CAS modify<br />
task is attached.<br />
ALIASLEVEL(n)<br />
Sets the number of data set name qualifiers to be used in the multilevel alias<br />
facility catalog search. The value of n can be an integer from 1 through 4. The<br />
alias level is initially set at IPL with the value specified in the SYSCAT<br />
statement of parmlib member LOADxx or in the SYSCATxx member of<br />
SYS1.NUCLEUS.<br />
ALLOCATE(catname)[,{NOISC|NOVLF}]<br />
Allocates the catalog specified as catname to the CAS. The optional<br />
parameters are:<br />
NOISC Deactivates the in-storage catalog cache (ISC) for the catalog.<br />
NOVLF Deactivates the catalog data space cache (CDSC) for the catalog.<br />
ALLOCATED[(volser)]<br />
Lists the name, volume serial number, current allocation count, <strong>and</strong> status<br />
flags for every catalog currently allocated to the CAS. The information is listed<br />
in message IEC348I.<br />
If a volume serial number is specified (volser), only information for catalogs<br />
residing on that volume is listed.<br />
CATMAX(xx)<br />
Closes all open user catalogs, <strong>and</strong> sets the maximum number of catalogs that<br />
can be open concurrently in CAS. The limit is specified as a hexadecimal<br />
value xx from 01 through FF.<br />
When the limit is reached, the least recently accessed catalog is closed,<br />
freeing the CAS storage it has occupied. Closed catalogs remain allocated.<br />
They remain allocated, but in restart status with no storage in the CAS.<br />
CLOSE(catname)<br />
Closes the catalog specified as catname. All CAS storage for the catalog is<br />
released. The catalog remains allocated to the CAS <strong>and</strong> will be reopened the<br />
next time a request is processed for that catalog.<br />
DUMPON[(retcode,rsncode,modid[,count])]|DUMPOFF<br />
Activates or deactivates dynamic dumping by the CAS. The default,<br />
DUMPOFF is set at IPL. The optional parameters for DUMPON are:<br />
retcode The catalog return code in decimal (000-255), or ***<br />
rsncode The catalog reason code in decimal (000-255), or ***<br />
modid The catalog module identifier in CAS, or **<br />
count The limit number in decimal (000-999)
Options in parentheses that follow the DUMPON parameter can be used to<br />
create a dump whenever a given return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module<br />
identifier occur. This dump can prove valuable to service personnel in solving<br />
problems. Normally, the return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module identifier are<br />
available on return from CAS <strong>and</strong> are printed by AMS. The module identifier<br />
corresponds to the last two characters in the catalog module name. For<br />
example, the module identifier is A3 for IGG0CLA3.<br />
The return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module identifiers can be specified as a<br />
string of asterisks to indicate that any value encountered will match the value<br />
of that field. This is referred to as a generic match. All three fields cannot be<br />
simultaneously specified as asterisks. Whenever a generic match is specified<br />
for a particular field, it will be assumed that field always matches the value<br />
being returned by catalog for a catalog request; for example:<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,DUMPON(008,042,**)<br />
This will create a dump for any return code 8, reason code 42, regardless of<br />
the module that detected the error.<br />
An option has been provided for a match count to obtain the "nth" occurrence<br />
of a return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module identifier. The match count is<br />
decremented by one each time a return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module<br />
identifier is set in the catalog address space. If this option is not specified or is<br />
set to 000, then the first occurrence causes a dump.<br />
Only one set of return codes, reason codes <strong>and</strong> module identifiers can be set<br />
at a time. Each entry overwrites the previous information. Once a match<br />
occurs, the information is cleared <strong>and</strong> the original DUMPON status is<br />
maintained. If DUMPON is entered without the additional options, certain<br />
conditions will produce dumps automatically. Then, if a DUMPON with options<br />
is entered, a match will cause a dump, <strong>and</strong> the return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong><br />
module identifier will be cleared. The DUMPON status will remain on.<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT,DUMP can be used to view the settings.<br />
The header for the catalog dynamic dump will contain the return code <strong>and</strong><br />
reason code in hexadecimal. For example:<br />
CAS DYNAMIC DUMP-IGG0CLA9 RCX'F6' RSNX'00'<br />
ECSHR(AUTOADD|CONNECT|DISCONNECT|ENABLE,catname|ENABLEALL|<br />
REMOVE,catname|STATUS[,catname])<br />
Enables the AutoAdd function for ECS, enables an individual catalog or all<br />
catalogs for ECS, or displays ECS status information for the entire ECS<br />
structure on an individual catalog.<br />
AUTOADD<br />
Enables the AutoAdd function for ECS. This requires CAS to be connected<br />
to the ECS structure in an active CFRM policy. The function is enabled for<br />
all systems in a Parallel Sysplex. AutoAdd causes ECS-eligible catalogs to<br />
be automatically added to the ECS structure on the next reference to the<br />
catalog. <strong>Catalog</strong>s are considered ECS-eligible if all of the following<br />
conditions are true:<br />
The catalog has the ECSHARING attribute.<br />
The catalog has shareoptions(3 4).<br />
The catalog resides on a volume that is defined as shared.<br />
What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New 103
104 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Note that catalogs which have been removed from ECS will also be<br />
re-enabled by the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(AUTOADD)<br />
parameter.<br />
CONNECT<br />
Connects the system to the ECS structure in the coupling facility. The CAS<br />
issues an IXLCONN request to allocate <strong>and</strong> connect to the ECS structure<br />
or to connect to the already allocated structure.<br />
DISCONNECT<br />
Disconnects the system from the ECS structure in the coupling facility. The<br />
CAS issues an IXLDISC request. Any ECS catalogs in the structure are<br />
removed <strong>and</strong> will subsequently be shared using the VVDS sharing mode.<br />
ENABLE,catname<br />
Enables the specified catalog catname for ECS if it has been marked<br />
temporarily ineligible. It will be added to the ECS structure on the next<br />
reference to the catalog.<br />
ENABLEALL<br />
Enables all currently known catalogs for ECS that have been marked<br />
temporarily ineligible. They will be added to the ECS structure on the next<br />
reference to the catalog.<br />
REMOVE,catname<br />
Removes the specified catalog catname from the ECS structure, thereby<br />
affecting all sharing systems. The catalog will then be marked temporarily<br />
ineligible for ECS, <strong>and</strong> the sharing protocol reverts to the VVDS method.<br />
The MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(ENABLE,...) or the<br />
ENABLEALL parameter must be used to enable the catalog again for ECS.<br />
To permanently remove a catalog from ECS use, turn off the ECSHARING<br />
attribute using the AMS ALTER comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Note that a removed catalog can also be re-enabled by a MODIFY CATALOG<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(ENABLE,...) or ECSHR(ENABLEALL)<br />
parameter issued from another system.<br />
STATUS[,catname]<br />
Displays the status of the coupling facility connection <strong>and</strong> the ECS status of<br />
the open catalogs. The information is displayed in message IEC380I.<br />
If a catalog is specified (catname), only the ECS status for this catalog is<br />
displayed.<br />
END(id)[,{REDRIVE|NOREDRIVE}]<br />
Ends the service task with the specified CAS task id. This is the preferred<br />
method of ending a CAS task. The subparameters are:<br />
REDRIVE<br />
Specifies that any catalog request in process at that time will continue to be<br />
processed by a different task. REDRIVE will free up an ENQ lockout. The<br />
CAS task is abended with abend code 91A.<br />
NOREDRIVE<br />
Specifies that any catalog request in process at that time will fail with a<br />
catalog return code of 246. The CAS task is abended with abend code 71A.
ENTRY[(csectname)]<br />
Displays the names, the entry points, the FMIDs, <strong>and</strong> the maintenance level of<br />
all CSECTS in the catalog load modules IGG0CLX0 (resident in CAS) <strong>and</strong><br />
IGG0CLHA (resident in the link pack area). The information is displayed in<br />
message IEC349I.<br />
If a CSECT name is specified (csectname), only the information for this<br />
individual CSECT is displayed.<br />
The output of this comm<strong>and</strong> is probably best viewed on the system log due to<br />
its size, if all entry points are requested.<br />
{ISC|NOISC}(catname)<br />
Activates (ISC) or deactivates (NOISC) the in-storage catalog cache (ISC) for<br />
the catalog specified as catname. The catalog must already be allocated to<br />
use this comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
The objective of in-storage cache is to cache only those records which are<br />
read directly. Records will not be cached for other types of requests, <strong>and</strong><br />
therefore in-storage cache is not then in effect. The ISC flag will be turned on<br />
the first time a direct read is done. This flag will remain on until that record is<br />
no longer in cache. At that point it will remain off until the next direct read to<br />
the catalog.<br />
LIST[{(id)|(taskaddr)}]<br />
Lists currently active CAS service tasks, their related jobnames, elapsed<br />
times, <strong>and</strong> unique identifiers. The information is displayed in message IEC347I.<br />
The identifiers listed can then be used in other MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>s that<br />
require a CAS task ID.<br />
All current tasks are listed unless an individual task is specified. The task can<br />
be specified as:<br />
(id)<br />
To list information for the service task with this unique identifier.<br />
(taskaddr)<br />
To list information for the service task with the specified four byte<br />
hexadecimal TCB address.<br />
LISTJ(jobname)[,DETAIL]<br />
Displays information about an active CAS service task for the job specified as<br />
jobname. The DETAIL keyword can be used to request optional information.<br />
This optional information is primarily internal information about the catalog<br />
request. However, some of the information can be useful for diagnosing<br />
real-time problems involving the catalog address space.<br />
For example, an entry could show that the request has been waiting for a long<br />
time for completion of an ENQ. Then the ENQ resource name shown in the<br />
detail information could be used with a D GRS,C to find out what task in the<br />
system might be causing the wait condition.<br />
REPORT[,{CACHE[(catname)]|DUMP|PERFORMANCE[(RESET)]}]<br />
Displays basic information about the CAS status, about the cache<br />
performance, the current CAS dump status, or CAS performance statistics.<br />
What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New 105
106 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
The information is displayed in message IEC359I. If no additional keywords<br />
are specified, current limits <strong>and</strong> installation-specified defaults are provided.<br />
The optional parameters are:<br />
CACHE[(catname)]<br />
Displays general information on catalog cache status. The report<br />
generated shows information useful in evaluating the catalog cache<br />
performance for the specified catalogs. If you do not specify a catalog<br />
name (catname), performance information for all catalogs currently active<br />
in the catalog address space is listed.<br />
DUMP<br />
Displays the current dump status of the CAS. The dump status can be<br />
enabled or disabled using the DUMPON <strong>and</strong> DUMPOFF parameters of the<br />
MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />
PERFORMANCE<br />
Lists information about events in CAS that invoke functions outside of the<br />
catalog component. It shows the number of entries to the catalog, the<br />
number of occurrences for a list of internal events, <strong>and</strong> the average time<br />
spent completing that event.<br />
PERFORMANCE(RESET)<br />
The RESET parameter is used to reset the performance reporting<br />
information to zero.<br />
RESTART<br />
Restarts the CAS in a new address space. The CAS mother task is ended with<br />
abend code 81A, <strong>and</strong> any catalog requests in process at the time are redriven.<br />
Before you use this comm<strong>and</strong> we recommend that you carry out the actions<br />
described in 6.4.2, “CAS Hang or Lockout Situations” on page 79, to make<br />
sure that a dump is available. The RESTART comm<strong>and</strong> should only be used<br />
when the only other option is an IPL. You should try other versions of the<br />
MODIFY comm<strong>and</strong> first before you use RESTART to solve catalog or VVDS<br />
problems.<br />
ROTATE|NOROTATE<br />
Activates or deactivates rotation through the catalog resource table (CRT)<br />
when control blocks are assigned to process catalog requests. Rotation<br />
delays the reuse of CAS control blocks as long as possible, increasing their<br />
availability for examination in diagnostic situations.<br />
SYS%ON|SYS%OFF<br />
Activates or deactivates the conversion of SYS% to SYS1. The default setting<br />
for SYS% conversion is set during system initialization.<br />
TASKMAX(xx)<br />
Sets the maximum number of CAS service tasks that are attached to process<br />
catalog requests. Once this limit has been reached, further requests for CAS<br />
services are delayed until a task control block becomes available.<br />
The limit is specified as a hexadecimal value xx from 18 (decimal 24) to B4<br />
(decimal 180). The value must also be at least as high as the current number
of tasks active in CAS. This value is displayed using the REPORT parameter.<br />
The default, set at IPL, is 3C (decimal 60).<br />
If the value xx is less than the current number of service tasks, the value for<br />
the maximum number of service tasks is set to the larger of B4 or the current<br />
number of service tasks.<br />
UNALLOCATE[(catname)]<br />
Unallocates the catalog specified as catname from CAS. The CAS storage<br />
used by the catalog is freed, <strong>and</strong> if this is the only catalog that resides on the<br />
device, the device on which the catalog resides is unallocated from CAS.<br />
If you do not specify a catalog, all catalogs allocated to CAS are unallocated.<br />
VCLOSE(volser)<br />
Closes the VVDS which resides on the volume with the volume serial number<br />
volser. The VVDS is reopened by the next request for the VVDS, <strong>and</strong> new<br />
control blocks are built.<br />
Do not use VCLOSE to unallocate a VVDS to vary a volume offline. Use<br />
VUNALLOCATE.<br />
{VLF|NOVLF}(catname)<br />
Activates (VLF) or deactivates (NOVLF) the catalog data space cache (CDSC)<br />
for the catalog named catname. To activate the CDSC for a catalog, the<br />
catalog must already be defined as eligible for CDSC. To deactivate CDSC,<br />
the catalog must already be allocated to CDSC.<br />
VUNALLOCATE|NOVUNALLOCATE<br />
Specifies that all dynamically allocated VVDSs are to be unallocated from<br />
CAS (VUNALLOCATE) when a request is completed, or left allocated to CAS<br />
(NOVUNALLOCATE) after a request has completed. By default, VVDSs are<br />
unallocated after processing a request. Performance can be improved if you<br />
specify NOVUNALLOCATE, because repeated requests for a volume do not<br />
result in repeated dynamic allocations for the VVDS.<br />
If you specify NOVUNALLOCATE, VVDSs remain allocated until<br />
VUNALLOCATE is issued, CAS is restarted, or the system is IPLed.<br />
VUNALLOCATE can be used to unallocate a VVDS from CAS to allow a<br />
volume to be varied offline.<br />
WARNING|NOWARNING<br />
Specifies if the system is to issue message IDC1997I or IDC1998I before<br />
initiating an AMS DELETE UCAT FORCE, or DELETE VVDS RECOVERY. The<br />
messages require an operator response to complete the comm<strong>and</strong>s.<br />
At IPL time, this option is set to WARNING. The current setting of this option<br />
can be displayed using the REPORT parameter of the MODIFY CATALOG<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>. For information about this type of AMS DELETE, refer to:<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Access Method Services for the Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Facility, SC26-4906.<br />
If you do not want the system to issue the messages, use NOWARNING.<br />
What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New 107
B.2 New <strong>and</strong> Changed Messages<br />
108 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
IDC3009I VSAM CATALOG RETURN CODE IS rtn - REASON CODE IS<br />
IGG0CLaa - rsn<br />
Explanation: <strong>Catalog</strong> management returned this return code <strong>and</strong> reason code as<br />
a result of a catalog error or exceptional condition.<br />
Return code 228 has been changed to describe ECS errors. (Return code 228,<br />
reason code 0 was used to report a hardware error when reading the time-of-day<br />
clock.)<br />
Return code 228<br />
Explanation: An error occurred while processing an <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong><br />
request. The following reasons may be corrected by the installation; codes not<br />
shown indicate an internal system error.<br />
Reason Code Description<br />
3 Coupling facility connection error. If received with message<br />
IEC377I, fields aaaa <strong>and</strong> bbbb in that message contain the<br />
return <strong>and</strong> reason codes from IXLCONN.<br />
4 An ECS request was made but the system is not ECS-active.<br />
9 Coupling facility disconnection error. If received with message<br />
IEC377I, fields aaaa <strong>and</strong> bbbb in that message contain the<br />
return <strong>and</strong> reason codes from IXLDISC.<br />
13 An ECS activation request was issued for a catalog with the<br />
NOECSHARING attribute.<br />
26 Returned when the system determines that the catalog it wants to<br />
access is currently being shared by other systems using ECS,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the current system is not able to use, or is currently not using<br />
ECS.<br />
28 <strong>Catalog</strong> is temporarily in use by another system using VVDS<br />
sharing mode.<br />
29 ECS-activation of a catalog is requested, but the catalog does not<br />
have cross-system share options or is not on a shared volume.
IEC348I ALLOCATED CATALOGS<br />
Explanation: FLAGS VOLSER USER CATALOG NAME<br />
abcdef volser count cname<br />
Y/N-ALLOCATED TO CAS<br />
S-SMS<br />
V-VLF<br />
I-ISC<br />
C-CLOSED<br />
D-DELETED<br />
R-SHARED<br />
A-ATL<br />
E-ECS SHARED<br />
K-LOCKED<br />
The MODIFY comm<strong>and</strong> was issued for CAS, requesting a list of allocated<br />
catalogs. Information about each catalog includes the following:<br />
volser The volume serial number.<br />
count The hexadecimal use count.<br />
cname The catalog's name (this name may contain up to 44 characters).<br />
a Allocation status:<br />
If a is Y, the catalog is allocated to CAS.<br />
If a is N, the catalog is not allocated to CAS.<br />
b SMS status:<br />
If b is S, the catalog is SMS managed.<br />
c Condition:<br />
If c is V, the VLF (Data Space Cache) is active for this catalog.<br />
If c is I, the ISC (IN-STORAGE CATALOG) is active for this catalog.<br />
If c is C, the catalog is closed to free record management storage. The<br />
catalog might have been closed by the F CATALOG, CLOSE(nnnnn...)<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>, or by CAS recovery functions that caused control block<br />
rebuild <strong>and</strong>/or freed CAS resources. At the next access, the catalog<br />
will be opened with a new set of record management control blocks.<br />
This new set of control blocks will not affect catalog allocation,<br />
CAXWA, ACB, or RPL storage in CSA.<br />
If c is D, the catalog has been deleted.<br />
d Tape-volume indicator:<br />
If d is A, the catalog is a tape volume catalog.<br />
e <strong>Sharing</strong> status:<br />
If e is R, the catalog is using cross-system sharing in VVDS mode.<br />
If e is E, the catalog is shared <strong>and</strong> is using the <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>Sharing</strong> facility.<br />
f If f is K, the catalog is locked.<br />
Source: DFSMSdfp<br />
Module: IGG0CLGB<br />
System Action: The system issues a multi-line message with the volume serial<br />
number, the hexadecimal use count <strong>and</strong> the name of each catalog.<br />
What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New 109
110 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
IEC359I CATALOG {REPORT OUTPUT | CACHE REPORT | REPORT DUMP<br />
OUTPUT | PERFORMANCE OUTPUT}<br />
CATALOG REPORT OUTPUT<br />
CATALOG COMPONENT LEVEL = complvl<br />
CATALOG ADDRESS SPACE ASN = asn<br />
SERVICE TASK UPPER LIMIT = uppr<br />
HIGHEST # SERVICE TASKS = hnum<br />
CURRENT # SERVICE TASKS = cnum<br />
MAXIMUM # OPEN CATALOGS = maxo<br />
ALIAS TABLE AVAILABLE = {YES|NO}<br />
ALIAS LEVELS SPECIFIED = n<br />
CRT TABLE SLOT ROTATION = {ON|OFF}<br />
SYS% TO SYS1 CONVERSION = {ON|OFF}<br />
CAS MOTHER TASK = address<br />
CAS MODIFY TASK = address<br />
CAS ANALYSIS TASK = address<br />
CAS ALLOCATION TASK = address<br />
VOLCAT HI-LEVEL QUALIFIER = volcathlq<br />
VUNALLOCATE = {ON|OFF}<br />
DELETE UCAT/VVDS WARNING = {ON|OFF}<br />
CATALOG CACHE REPORT<br />
HIT% RECORDS SEARCHES FOUND DELETES SHR UPD PURGE<br />
catalog name (ISC|VLF)<br />
hit% records searches found deletes sharing purge<br />
CATALOG REPORT DUMP OUTPUT<br />
STATUS RETURN CODE REASON CODE MODULE ID COUNT<br />
{ON|OFF} retcode rsncode modid count<br />
CATALOG PERFORMANCE REPORT<br />
-----CATALOG EVENT---- --COUNT-- ---AVERAGE--event<br />
count avgtime<br />
Explanation: This message is issued in response to one of the following<br />
comm<strong>and</strong>s:<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT,CACHE<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT,DUMP<br />
MODIFY CATALOG,REPORT,PERFORMANCE<br />
The message display contains the following information:<br />
For a CATALOG REPORT OUTPUT:<br />
complvl The FMID value.<br />
asn The current ASID for CAS.<br />
uppr The service task upper limit. The default for uppr is X'00C8', but can<br />
be set to another value by using the TASKMAX comm<strong>and</strong> format of<br />
MODIFY CATALOG. uppr can never be less than the service task high<br />
water mark, hnum.
hnum The service task high water mark. This value can never be less than<br />
the number of service tasks currently attached, cnum.<br />
cnum The number of service tasks currently attached. This number may be<br />
less than the service task lower limit, lowr, if:<br />
CAS has not yet processed the number of requests represented<br />
by lowr.<br />
or<br />
Tasks have abended.<br />
As requests are processed, CAS creates new tasks to maintain lower<br />
limit, <strong>and</strong> cnum increases.<br />
maxo The maximum number of ICF catalogs that can be open concurrently<br />
in CAS (or NOLIMIT). This number can be set using the CATMAX<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> format of MODIFY CATALOG.<br />
n The number of alias level qualifiers currently being used by catalog<br />
search logic (MLA). Valid values for n are1,2,3,or4.<br />
address The hexadecimal TCB address of various CAS tasks.<br />
volcathlq The high level qualifier used for the tape volume catalogs of this<br />
system.<br />
For a CATALOG CACHE REPORT:<br />
catname The name of the catalog to which the following information applies.<br />
hit% The relative number of times a search of the cache found the<br />
requested record, expressed as a percentage.<br />
records The number of records added to the cache.<br />
searches The number of times the cache was searched.<br />
found The number of times a record was found in the cache.<br />
deletes The number of records deleted from the cache.<br />
sharing The number of times the sharing protocol was effective in<br />
communicating changes made by sharing systems at the granularity of<br />
a catalog record.<br />
purge The number of times the entire cache for this catalog had to be<br />
invalidated (VLF cache only).<br />
For a CATALOG REPORT DUMP OUTPUT:<br />
retcode The catalog return code (0 to 255, or ’***’), for which dynamic dumping<br />
is to occur.<br />
rsncode The catalog reason code (0 to 255, or ’***’), for which dynamic<br />
dumping is to occur.<br />
modid The catalog module identifier, or ’**’, for which dynamic dumping is to<br />
occur.<br />
count The match count (0 to 999) for dynamic dumping.<br />
This number decrements each time an error that matches the return<br />
code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module identifier is detected within the catalog<br />
address space. When the count becomes zero, a dump will be taken<br />
for that occurrence of the error.<br />
What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New 111
112 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
For a CATALOG PERFORMANCE REPORT:<br />
event The name of an internal event that requests a system function outside<br />
CAS.<br />
count The count of occurrences for this event.<br />
avgtime The average time for each of those events.<br />
The time may appear in one of three forms:<br />
xxx.xxx MSEC-milliseconds, used for times up to 999.999<br />
milliseconds.<br />
xxx.xxx SEC-second, used for times from 1.000 seconds up to<br />
999.999 seconds.<br />
hh:mm:ss-hours, minutes, <strong>and</strong> seconds, used for times greater than<br />
999.999 seconds.<br />
Source: DFSMSdfp<br />
System Action: The system issues a multi-line message with the appropriate<br />
general information about CAS status.<br />
IEC377I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING:<br />
{CONNECT COMPLETE |<br />
DISCONNECT COMPLETE |<br />
NOT CONNECTED: rc-rsn(sfi),mm |<br />
ERROR: rc-rsn(sfi),mm |<br />
ENABLED catname |<br />
REMOVED catname |<br />
AUTOADD ENABLED |<br />
AUTOADD IS NOT CURRENTLY ENABLED |<br />
ALL ELIGIBLE CATALOGS ENABLED}<br />
Explanation: This is the general status message for ECS.<br />
CONNECT COMPLETE<br />
Issued to acknowledge the successful connection of <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>Sharing</strong> (ECS) to the ECS structure in the coupling facility. This message is<br />
issued either during IPL, during a CAS restart, or when requested by a<br />
MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(CONNECT) parameter.<br />
DISCONNECT COMPLETE<br />
Issued to acknowledge a successful disconnection of ECS from the ECS<br />
structure in the coupling facility. This message is issued either during a<br />
CAS restart or when requested via a MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the<br />
ECSHR(DISCONNECT) parameter.<br />
NOT CONNECTED: rc-rsn(sfi),mm<br />
Issued during IPL or CAS restart when the system automatically tries but<br />
cannot connect to the ECS structure. The parameters rc, rsn <strong>and</strong> mm are<br />
the return code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module ID of the detecting catalog<br />
module; see message IDC3009I for a description of these codes. If the
problem was detected by another service, sfi displays subfunction<br />
information related to the error.<br />
ERROR: rc-rsn(sfi),mm<br />
A situation has occurred which caused the sharing of catalogs using ECS<br />
to fail or to be terminated. This message is also issued for an unsuccessful<br />
CONNECT, DISCONNECT, or AUTOADD request by a MODIFY<br />
CATALOG(ECSHR) comm<strong>and</strong>. The parameters rc, rsn, <strong>and</strong> mm are the return<br />
code, reason code, <strong>and</strong> module ID of the detecting catalog module; see<br />
message IDC3009I for a description of these codes. If the problem was<br />
detected by another service, sfi displays subfunction information related to<br />
the error.<br />
ENABLED catname<br />
Issued to acknowledge an ECSHR(ENABLE,catname) request that was<br />
successful.<br />
REMOVED catname<br />
Issued to acknowledge an ECSHR(REMOVE,catname) request that was<br />
successful.<br />
AUTOADD ENABLED<br />
Issued to acknowledge an ECSHR(AUTOADD) request that was<br />
successful, or to report the status of the AUTOADD function after<br />
connecting to the ECS structure in the coupling facility.<br />
AUTOADD IS NOT CURRENTLY ENABLED<br />
Issued to report the status of the AUTOADD function after connecting to<br />
the ECS structure in the coupling facility.<br />
ALL ELIGIBLE CATALOGS ENABLED<br />
Issued to acknowledge an ECSHR(ENABLEALL) request that was<br />
successful.<br />
Source: DFSMSdfp<br />
Module: IGG0CLSH/IGG0CLSI<br />
System Action: In the case of termination of ECS at the system level, CAS<br />
disconnects from the coupling facility, <strong>and</strong> sharing for all sharers using the ECS<br />
method is therefore terminated. The sharing of catalogs reverts to the non-ECS<br />
method.<br />
In the case where the system lost its CF connection, all catalogs are removed<br />
from the ECS structure <strong>and</strong> the AUTOADD function is disabled.<br />
In the case of an ECS failure for an individual catalog, ECS is not activated for<br />
this catalog. The sharing method for this catalog remains the non-ECS method.<br />
Operator Response: Correct the situation which caused the error/failure <strong>and</strong><br />
retry the request.<br />
In the case of a lost CF connection, once the connection has been restored, issue<br />
the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(AUTOADD) parameter to<br />
re-enable automatic activation.<br />
What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New 113
114 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
IEC378I catname IS NOT USING ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING.<br />
Explanation: This message is issued when the system is processing a shared<br />
catalog request <strong>and</strong> discovers for the very first time, or the first time since the last<br />
time the catalog was ECS-active, that the desired sharing method as defined for<br />
the named catalog is ECS, but either (1) another system is accessing the catalog<br />
in VVDS sharing mode, (2) another system has explicitly stopped ECS for this<br />
catalog using the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(REMOVE)<br />
parameter, or (3) either of the above conditions existed when the system went<br />
down.<br />
In the text of the message above, catname indicates the catalog the system is<br />
accessing.<br />
Source: DFSMSdfp<br />
Module: IGG0CLSJ<br />
System Action: <strong>Sharing</strong> will continue with the non-enhanced method of catalog<br />
sharing. This may result in decreased performance for this catalog.<br />
Operator Response: Verify if ECS is desired for this catalog. If so, then issue the<br />
MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(ENABLE,...) parameter to start ECS<br />
for this catalog. For more information, see the manual Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s,<br />
SC26-4914.<br />
IEC380I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING<br />
Explanation: This message is issued in response to a MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong><br />
with the ECSHR(STATUS) parameter. It displays the status of the CF connection<br />
as well as the ECS status of each open catalog.<br />
The possible values for the ECS system status are:<br />
AutoAdd<br />
The system is connected to the ECS structure <strong>and</strong> the automatic add<br />
function is enabled.<br />
Connected<br />
The system is connected to the ECS structure in the coupling facility;<br />
AUTOADD is disabled.<br />
Connect Failure<br />
While attempting to connect to the ECS structure, an error was returned<br />
from IXLCONN. The return <strong>and</strong> reason codes from IXLCONN are also<br />
displayed.<br />
Inact(CFFail)<br />
The system has disconnected because a coupling facility failure was<br />
detected.<br />
Inact(Disconnect)
ECS is disconnected from the ECS structure in the coupling facility due to a<br />
MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(DISCONNECT) parameter.<br />
Inact(Restart)<br />
The system disconnected while processing a CAS restart.<br />
Quiescing<br />
ECS is currently active but is in the process of quiescing.<br />
Unknown<br />
The system status of ECS is unknown.<br />
The possible values for a catalog's status are:<br />
Active<br />
ECS is active for the catalog.<br />
Inact(AddFailed)<br />
Activation of a catalog failed due to an internal system error.<br />
Inact(CFFail)<br />
The catalog is inactive because the coupling facility failed.<br />
Inact(CFFull)<br />
An attempt was made to activate the catalog but the ECS structure in the<br />
coupling facility is full.<br />
Inact(Disconnect)<br />
The catalog is inactive because the system disconnected from the ECS<br />
structure.<br />
Inact(MaxCats)<br />
An attempt was made to activate the catalog, but the maximum number of<br />
catalogs allowed to be active on a single system has been reached.<br />
Inact(NeverConn)<br />
The catalog is inactive because the system is not connected to the ECS<br />
structure in the coupling facility.<br />
Inact(NonECSAcc)<br />
The catalog is inactive because the last access to the catalog was from a<br />
system using VVDS sharing mode.<br />
Inact(NotElig)<br />
The catalog is inactive because it does not have the ECSHARING attribute.<br />
Inact(NotShrable)<br />
The catalog is inactive because it cannot be cross-system shared, because<br />
it either does not have SHAREOPTIONS(3 4) or the volume is not marked<br />
as shared.<br />
Inact(Removed)<br />
The catalog is inactive due to a MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the<br />
ECSHR(REMOVE,...) parameter.<br />
Inact(Unknown)<br />
What’s Changed <strong>and</strong> What’s New 115
116 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
The ECS status of this catalog has never been set or is otherwise<br />
unknown.<br />
Unavailable<br />
The ECS status of the catalog cannot be determined.<br />
Source: DFSMSdfp<br />
Module: IGG0CLGB<br />
System Action: System operation continues normally.<br />
Operator Response: None. For additional information on the interpretation of the<br />
output from this comm<strong>and</strong>, see Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914.<br />
IEC381I ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING HAS BEEN QUIESCED DUE TO A<br />
COUPLING FACILITY FAILURE ON ANOTHER SYSTEM.<br />
Explanation: This message is issued on an ECS-active system when another<br />
system in the sysplex that was also ECS-active, lost its connection to the ECS<br />
coupling facility structure.<br />
Source: DFSMSdfp<br />
Module: IGG0CLSI<br />
System Action: All ECS-active catalogs are deactivated <strong>and</strong> the AUTOADD<br />
function is disabled. However, the system remains connected to the ECS<br />
structure.<br />
Operator Response: Once the connection problem is resolved, issue the MODIFY<br />
CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the ECSHR(AUTOADD) parameter to re-enable automatic<br />
activation. <strong>Catalog</strong>s not referenced by the system that lost the connection can be<br />
explicitly activated using the MODIFY CATALOG comm<strong>and</strong> with the<br />
ECSHR(ENABLE,...) parameter.
Appendix C. Special Notices<br />
This publication is intended to help experienced storage administrators<br />
implement <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong>. The information in this publication is not<br />
intended as the specification of any programming interfaces that are provided by<br />
DFSMS/MVS 1.5. See the PUBLICATIONS section of the <strong>IBM</strong> Programming<br />
Announcement for DFSMS/MVS 1.5 for more information about what publications<br />
are considered to be product documentation.<br />
References in this publication to <strong>IBM</strong> products, programs or services do not imply<br />
that <strong>IBM</strong> intends to make these available in all countries in which <strong>IBM</strong> operates.<br />
Any reference to an <strong>IBM</strong> product, program, or service is not intended to state or<br />
imply that only <strong>IBM</strong>'s product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally<br />
equivalent program that does not infringe any of <strong>IBM</strong>'s intellectual property rights<br />
may be used instead of the <strong>IBM</strong> product, program or service.<br />
Information in this book was developed in conjunction with use of the equipment<br />
specified, <strong>and</strong> is limited in application to those specific hardware <strong>and</strong> software<br />
products <strong>and</strong> levels.<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in<br />
this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to<br />
these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the <strong>IBM</strong> Director of<br />
Licensing, <strong>IBM</strong> Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785.<br />
Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose<br />
of enabling: (i) the exchange of information between independently created<br />
programs <strong>and</strong> other programs (including this one) <strong>and</strong> (ii) the mutual use of the<br />
information which has been exchanged, should contact <strong>IBM</strong> Corporation, Dept.<br />
600A, Mail Drop 1329, Somers, NY 10589 USA.<br />
Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms <strong>and</strong> conditions,<br />
including in some cases, payment of a fee.<br />
The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> test <strong>and</strong> is distributed AS IS. The use of this information or the<br />
implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility <strong>and</strong><br />
depends on the customer's ability to evaluate <strong>and</strong> integrate them into the<br />
customer's operational environment. While each item may have been reviewed<br />
by <strong>IBM</strong> for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or<br />
similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these<br />
techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk.<br />
Any pointers in this publication to external Web sites are provided for<br />
convenience only <strong>and</strong> do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of these<br />
Web sites.<br />
Reference to PTF numbers that have not been released through the normal<br />
distribution process does not imply general availability. The purpose of including<br />
these reference numbers is to alert <strong>IBM</strong> customers to specific information relative<br />
to the implementation of the PTF when it becomes available to each customer<br />
according to the normal <strong>IBM</strong> PTF distribution process.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 117
118 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines<br />
Corporation in the United States <strong>and</strong>/or other countries:<br />
AIX DFSMSdss<br />
DFSMS/MVS DFSMS<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> Language Environment<br />
NetView PR/SM<br />
OS/390 RACF<br />
The following terms are trademarks of other companies:<br />
C-bus is a trademark of Corollary, Inc. in the United States <strong>and</strong>/or other countries.<br />
Java <strong>and</strong> all Java-based trademarks <strong>and</strong> logos are trademarks or registered<br />
trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States <strong>and</strong>/or other countries.<br />
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, <strong>and</strong> the Windows logo are trademarks of<br />
Microsoft Corporation in the United States <strong>and</strong>/or other countries.<br />
PC Direct is a trademark of Ziff Communications Company in the United States<br />
<strong>and</strong>/or other countries <strong>and</strong> is used by <strong>IBM</strong> Corporation under license.<br />
ActionMedia, LANDesk, MMX, Pentium <strong>and</strong> ProShare are trademarks of Intel<br />
Corporation in the United States <strong>and</strong>/or other countries.<br />
UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States <strong>and</strong>/or other countries<br />
licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.<br />
SET <strong>and</strong> the SET logo are trademarks owned by SET Secure Electronic<br />
Transaction LLC.<br />
Other company, product, <strong>and</strong> service names may be trademarks or service marks<br />
of others.
Appendix D. Related Publications<br />
The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a<br />
more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this redbook.<br />
D.1 International Technical Support Organization Publications<br />
D.2 <strong>Redbooks</strong> on CD-ROMs<br />
D.3 Other Publications<br />
For information on ordering these ITSO publications see “How to Get ITSO<br />
<strong>Redbooks</strong>” on page 121.<br />
DFSMShsm Primer, SG24-5272<br />
DFSMS Optimizer: The New HSM Monitor/Tuner, SG24-5248<br />
<strong>Redbooks</strong> are also available on the following CD-ROMs. Click the CD-ROMs<br />
button at http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/ for information about all the CD-ROMs<br />
offered, updates <strong>and</strong> formats.<br />
CD-ROM Title Collection Kit<br />
Number<br />
System/390 <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-2177<br />
Networking <strong>and</strong> Systems <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-6022<br />
Transaction Processing <strong>and</strong> Data <strong>Management</strong> <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-8038<br />
Lotus <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-8039<br />
Tivoli <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-8044<br />
AS/400 <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-2849<br />
Netfinity Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-8046<br />
RS/6000 <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection (BkMgr Format) SK2T-8040<br />
RS/6000 <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection (PDF Format) SK2T-8043<br />
Application Development <strong>Redbooks</strong> Collection SK2T-8037<br />
These publications are also relevant as further information sources:<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Access Method Services for the Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Facility, SC26-4906<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMSdfp Advanced Services, SC26-4921<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMSdfp Storage Administration Reference, SC26-4920<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 General Information, GC26-4900<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMSdss Storage Administration Guide, SC26-4930<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMSdss Storage Administration Reference,<br />
SC26-4929<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMShsm Implementing <strong>and</strong> Customizing, SH21-1078<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMShsm Managing Your Own Data, SH21-1077<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMShsm Storage Administration Guide, SH21-1076<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 DFSMShsm Storage Administration Reference,<br />
SH21-1075<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Installation Exits, SC26-4908<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 119
120 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Implementing System-Managed Storage, SC26-3123<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Managing <strong>Catalog</strong>s, SC26-4914<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Macro Instructions for Data Sets, SC26-4913<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Using Data Sets, SC26-4922<br />
DFSMS/MVS V1R5 Planning for Installation, SC26-4919<br />
Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility Program Description/Operations,<br />
SH20-6952<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Initialization <strong>and</strong> Tuning Guide, SC28-1751<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Initialization <strong>and</strong> Tuning Reference, SC28-1752<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Setting Up a Sysplex, GC28-1779<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS Programming: Sysplex Services Reference, GC28-1772<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Comm<strong>and</strong>s, GC28-1781<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System <strong>Management</strong> Facilities (SMF), GC28-1783<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Messages, Vol 1 (ABA-ASA), GC28-1784<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Messages, Vol 2 (ASB-EZM), GC28-1785<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (GDE-IEB), GC28-1786<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Messages, Vol 4 (IEC-IFD), GC28-1787<br />
OS/390 V2R7.0 MVS System Messages, Vol 5 (IGD-IZP), GC28-1788<br />
OS/390 Parallel Sysplex Recovery, GA22-7286<br />
Removing an MVS System from a Sysplex, GA22-7407<br />
S/390 PR/SM Planning Guide, GA22-7236
How to Get ITSO <strong>Redbooks</strong><br />
This section explains how both customers <strong>and</strong> <strong>IBM</strong> employees can find out about ITSO redbooks, redpieces, <strong>and</strong><br />
CD-ROMs. A form for ordering books <strong>and</strong> CD-ROMs by fax or e-mail is also provided.<br />
<strong>Redbooks</strong> Web Site http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/<br />
Search for, view, download, or order hardcopy/CD-ROM redbooks from the redbooks Web site. Also read<br />
redpieces <strong>and</strong> download additional materials (code samples or diskette/CD-ROM images) from this redbooks<br />
site.<br />
Redpieces are redbooks in progress; not all redbooks become redpieces <strong>and</strong> sometimes just a few chapters will<br />
be published this way. The intent is to get the information out much quicker than the formal publishing process<br />
allows.<br />
E-mail Orders<br />
Send orders by e-mail including information from the redbooks fax order form to:<br />
In United States<br />
Outside North America<br />
Telephone Orders<br />
United States (toll free)<br />
Canada (toll free)<br />
Outside North America<br />
Fax Orders<br />
United States (toll free)<br />
Canada<br />
Outside North America<br />
e-mail address<br />
usib6fpl@ibmmail.com<br />
Contact information is in the “How to Order” section at this site:<br />
http://www.elink.ibmlink.ibm.com/pbl/pbl/<br />
1-800-879-2755<br />
1-800-<strong>IBM</strong>-4YOU<br />
Country coordinator phone number is in the “How to Order” section at<br />
this site:<br />
http://www.elink.ibmlink.ibm.com/pbl/pbl/<br />
This information was current at the time of publication, but is continually subject to change. The latest information<br />
may be found at the redbooks Web site.<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> Intranet for Employees<br />
1-800-445-9269<br />
1-403-267-4455<br />
Fax phone number is in the “How to Order” section at this site:<br />
http://www.elink.ibmlink.ibm.com/pbl/pbl/<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> employees may register for information on workshops, residencies, <strong>and</strong> redbooks by accessing the <strong>IBM</strong><br />
Intranet Web site at http://w3.itso.ibm.com/ <strong>and</strong> clicking the ITSO Mailing List button. Look in the Materials<br />
repository for workshops, presentations, papers, <strong>and</strong> Web pages developed <strong>and</strong> written by the ITSO technical<br />
professionals; click the Additional Materials button. Employees may access MyNews at http://w3.ibm.com/ for<br />
redbook, residency, <strong>and</strong> workshop announcements.<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 121
<strong>IBM</strong> Redbook Fax Order Form<br />
Please send me the following:<br />
Title Order Number Quantity<br />
First name Last name<br />
Company<br />
Address<br />
City Postal code<br />
Telephone number Telefax number VAT number<br />
Invoice to customer number<br />
Credit card number<br />
We accept American Express, Diners, Eurocard, Master Card, <strong>and</strong> Visa. Payment by credit card not<br />
available in all countries. Signature m<strong>and</strong>atory for credit card payment.<br />
122 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
Country<br />
Credit card expiration date Card issued to<br />
Signature
List of Abbreviations<br />
AMS Access method services<br />
BCS Basic catalog structure<br />
CAS <strong>Catalog</strong> address space<br />
CCW Channel comm<strong>and</strong> word<br />
CDSC <strong>Catalog</strong> data space cache<br />
CF Coupling facility<br />
CFRM Coupling facility resource management<br />
CPU Central processing unit<br />
CSI <strong>Catalog</strong> search interface<br />
DASD Direct access storage device<br />
ECS <strong>Enhanced</strong> catalog sharing<br />
GDG Generation data group<br />
GDS Generation data set<br />
GRS Global resource serialization<br />
GTF Generalized trace facility<br />
<strong>IBM</strong> International Business Machines Corporation<br />
ICF Integrated catalog facility<br />
IOS Input-output supervisor<br />
IPL Initial program load<br />
ISC In-storage cache<br />
ITSO International Technical Support Organization<br />
KSDS Key-sequenced data set<br />
LLA Library lookaside<br />
LPA Link pack area<br />
NVR Non-VSAM volume record<br />
PR/SM Processor Resource/Systems Manager<br />
SMF System management facilities<br />
SMS Storage <strong>Management</strong> Subsystem<br />
SVC Supervisor call<br />
VLF Virtual lookaside facility<br />
VSAM Virtual Storage Access Method<br />
VTOC Volume table of contents<br />
VVDS VSAM volume data set<br />
VVR VSAM volume record<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 123
124 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Index<br />
Symbols<br />
&LELEVEL 20, 33<br />
A<br />
alias<br />
DFSMSdss restore 62<br />
ALIASLEVEL 41<br />
Allocating <strong>Catalog</strong>s to the CAS 36<br />
ALTER 63, 70<br />
AMS<br />
ALTER 28, 40, 63<br />
DEFINE 29, 32<br />
DELETE TRUENAME 69<br />
DIAGNOSE 64, 72<br />
EXAMINE 69<br />
EXPORT 59, 66<br />
IMPORT 63, 66<br />
LOCK 61, 63<br />
UNLOCK 61<br />
assembler programs 83<br />
AUTOADD 29, 45<br />
restart 30<br />
system recognition of 29<br />
AutoAdd 39<br />
Automatic Add 29<br />
B<br />
backup<br />
aliases 57<br />
backup copy storage media 57<br />
BCS 57<br />
Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility 58<br />
tape volume catalog 57<br />
VVDS 57<br />
backup copy numbers 58<br />
backup copy of catalog 54<br />
backup frequency 53, 58<br />
backup technique 54<br />
BCS 2<br />
checking for missing updates 64<br />
comparing 72<br />
creation 2<br />
function 2<br />
portable copy used by ICFRU 58<br />
synchronization 70<br />
VSAM information 2<br />
C<br />
Cache Structure Description 16<br />
CAS connection 19<br />
CAS disconnection 19<br />
full 17<br />
integrity VVR 17<br />
storage required 17<br />
Cache Structure Sizing 17<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 125
catalog<br />
Access Method Services Export 54<br />
accessing 4<br />
altering to ECSHARING 40<br />
backup creation 54<br />
DFSMSdss full volume dump 56<br />
DFSMSdss logical dump 55<br />
DFSMShsm 57<br />
error symptoms 77<br />
monitoring sharing status 46<br />
moving to another volume 58<br />
recovery of broken 61<br />
recovery techniques 61<br />
reorganization 62<br />
RESERVE 8<br />
sharing problems 77<br />
structural error 61<br />
structural integrity 69<br />
utility actions 61<br />
when to recover 61<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> Address Space 5<br />
abends 79<br />
activating maintenance 45<br />
automatic add 29<br />
control block location 6<br />
controlling 36<br />
enhanced catalog sharing 44<br />
controlling caching status 38<br />
controlling current settings 41<br />
controlling service tasks 44<br />
controlling the allocation status 40<br />
controlling the sharing status 39<br />
definitions 35<br />
determining service level of modules 42<br />
FMID 41<br />
function 6<br />
hang 79<br />
integrity VVR 9<br />
modifying current CAS options 41<br />
monitoring performance 47<br />
performance statistics 42<br />
restarting 45<br />
status 37<br />
status messages 39<br />
supervisor call 5<br />
user waiting for 79<br />
virtual storage 6<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> data space cache 6<br />
<strong>Catalog</strong> Search Interface 52<br />
implementation 87<br />
catalog structure 2<br />
BCS 2<br />
VVDS 2<br />
CATMAX 36, 41<br />
CDSC 6, 35, 38<br />
CF Connection Status for ECS 46<br />
CF structure connection 26<br />
CFRM Policy 24<br />
activating 25<br />
recommended buffer 24<br />
126 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
size 24<br />
Channel Comm<strong>and</strong> Word 8<br />
CLPA 45<br />
COFVLFxx 35<br />
COMPAREDD 72<br />
COMPAREDS 72<br />
Connect Failure status 26<br />
coupling facility 10<br />
Coupling Facility Structure 12<br />
CFRM policy 12<br />
connection 12<br />
Disconnection 12<br />
persistence 12<br />
CSI 52, 83<br />
performance benefits 85<br />
CVOL 1<br />
D<br />
Data 17<br />
data set 2<br />
BCS information 2<br />
VTOC information 3<br />
VVDS information 2<br />
DATATEST 69<br />
DEFINE 70<br />
defining aliases 13<br />
DELETE 70<br />
DELETE RECOVERY 41<br />
DELETE TRUENAME 69<br />
DELETE UCAT/VVDS WARNING 41<br />
DELETE USERCATALOG FORCE 41<br />
DEVSERV 78<br />
DFSMSdss 55, 56, 58, 74<br />
fully qualified name 62<br />
DFSMShsm 57, 58, 59<br />
DFSORT 65<br />
DIAGNOSE 64, 72<br />
diagnosis tools 76<br />
Directory 17<br />
DUMP 80<br />
SDATA options 80<br />
E<br />
ECS 10<br />
ECS <strong>and</strong> non-ECS interaction 20<br />
ECS eligible 10<br />
ECSHARING 10<br />
ECSHR attribute 28<br />
eligible for ECS 26<br />
ENABLEALL 45<br />
<strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> 10<br />
controlling status 44<br />
determining catalogs 16<br />
failure 11<br />
integrity 11<br />
integrity VVR 10<br />
limitation 16<br />
lower level systems 15<br />
maximum catalogs 16<br />
127
performance 11<br />
performance statistics 42<br />
PTF 15<br />
statistics 47<br />
SYSIGGCAS_ECS 16<br />
sysplex considerations 45<br />
verifying the status 27<br />
VVDS mode 11<br />
EXAMINE 69<br />
EXPORT 58, 59, 66<br />
extended alias reference 33<br />
Extended Alias Support 13<br />
catalog resolution 34<br />
catalogs 20<br />
data set names 20<br />
name resolution 15<br />
system symbols 30<br />
F<br />
Fixed controls 17<br />
G<br />
GDG 59<br />
GDS 59<br />
generalized trace facility 85<br />
generation data group 59<br />
generation data set 59<br />
generation numbers 62<br />
global symbol 31<br />
GRS 10<br />
star mode 10<br />
H<br />
hardware configuration definition 77<br />
HCD 77, 78<br />
I<br />
ICFRRAP 66<br />
ICFRRSV 66<br />
ICFRU 58, 66<br />
IEASYMxx 20, 30, 33<br />
IEC377I 26<br />
IEFBR14 49<br />
IGG.CATLOCK 62, 64<br />
IGGCSI00 84<br />
IGGCSILK 85<br />
IGGCSIRX 85<br />
IGGCSIVG 85<br />
IGGCSIVS 85<br />
IMBED 15, 62<br />
IMPORT 63, 66<br />
INDEXTEST 69<br />
Indirect Volume Serial Support 30<br />
In-storage catalog cache 6<br />
Integrated <strong>Catalog</strong> Forward Recovery Utility 66<br />
integrity exposures 6<br />
integrity VVR 9<br />
ISC 6, 38<br />
128 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
IXLCACHE 51<br />
IXLCONN 26<br />
IXLSTR.SYSIGGCAS_ECS 17<br />
L<br />
link pack area 45<br />
LISTCAT 64<br />
NONVSAM 64<br />
LLA refresh 45<br />
LOADxx 35<br />
local symbol 31<br />
LOCK 61<br />
logical dump 55<br />
M<br />
master address space 36<br />
master catalog availability 58<br />
master catalog copies 58<br />
master catalog opening 36<br />
master catalog recovery 61<br />
messages 108<br />
MLPA 45<br />
MODIFY CATALOG<br />
complete parameter list 101<br />
N<br />
Non-ECS catalog 11<br />
non-VSAM<br />
BCS information 3<br />
non-SMS BCS information 3<br />
non-SMS VTOC information 3<br />
non-SMS VVDS information 3<br />
VTOC information 3<br />
VVDS information 3<br />
number of backup copies 58<br />
NVR 2<br />
O<br />
Operational Issues 19<br />
P<br />
Parallel Sysplex 9<br />
performance figures 47<br />
portable backup copy 61, 63, 66<br />
Program Temporary Fix 15<br />
R<br />
recovery 61<br />
master catalogs 63<br />
missing updates 64<br />
moving catalogs to other volumes 63<br />
post recovery updates 64<br />
preventing catalog activity 63<br />
user catalogs 63<br />
ReferringtoanExtendedAlias 33<br />
REPLICATE 15, 62<br />
129
Resource Access Control Facility 17<br />
facility class 17<br />
REXX 83<br />
S<br />
SDATA 80<br />
Security Considerations 17<br />
SETXCF 25<br />
shared DASD 77<br />
SHAREOPTION 77<br />
SHAREOPTIONS 7<br />
default 7<br />
system 7<br />
systems 7<br />
user programs 8<br />
SMF 65, 66<br />
TYPE 61 65<br />
TYPE 65 65<br />
TYPE 66 65<br />
SMF type 36 62<br />
SMFPRMxx 65<br />
st<strong>and</strong>-alone restore 62<br />
SYMBOLICRELATE 13, 32<br />
SYMDEF 20<br />
synchronization error repairing 74<br />
synchronization errors 70, 72<br />
SYS1.LINKLIB 84<br />
SYS1.PARMLIB 20, 65<br />
SYSCAT 35<br />
SYSDEF 20<br />
SYSIGGCAS_ECS 16, 25, 27, 35<br />
sysplex considerations 45<br />
system symbol variables 30<br />
T<br />
tape volume catalog 7<br />
backup 57<br />
storing backup copy 57<br />
tape volume catalogs<br />
backup considerations 59<br />
TASKMAX 41<br />
TOD clock 9<br />
U<br />
UCB 78<br />
UCB common segment 78<br />
unexpected 19<br />
UNLOCK 61<br />
user catalog copies 58<br />
V<br />
virtual lookaside facility 35<br />
VLF 36, 38<br />
VOLCAT 7<br />
content 7<br />
General 7<br />
naming conventions 7<br />
sharing <strong>and</strong> protecting 7<br />
130 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
Specific 7<br />
structure 7<br />
VTOC<br />
synchronization 70<br />
VSAM information 3<br />
VVDS<br />
backup 57<br />
checking for missing updates 64<br />
comparing 72<br />
description 2<br />
function 2<br />
synchronization 70<br />
VSAM information 2<br />
VVDS DEQs 42<br />
VVDS I/O 42, 49<br />
VVDS mode 11, 39, 42, 46, 48, 50, 78<br />
VVDS RESERVE Shr 49, 51<br />
VVDS RESERVEs 42<br />
VVR 2<br />
131
132 <strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong>
ITSO Redbook Evaluation<br />
<strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />
SG24-5594-00<br />
Your feedback is very important to help us maintain the quality of ITSO redbooks. Please complete this<br />
questionnaire <strong>and</strong> return it using one of the following methods:<br />
Use the online evaluation form found at http://www.redbooks.ibm.com<br />
Fax this form to: USA International Access Code + 1 914 432 8264<br />
Send your comments in an Internet note to redbook@us.ibm.com<br />
Which of the following best describes you?<br />
_ Customer _ Business Partner _ Solution Developer _ <strong>IBM</strong> employee<br />
_ None of the above<br />
Please rate your overall satisfaction with this book using the scale:<br />
(1 = very good, 2 = good, 3 = average, 4 = poor, 5 = very poor)<br />
Overall Satisfaction __________<br />
Please answer the following questions:<br />
Was this redbook published in time for your needs? Yes___ No___<br />
If no, please explain:<br />
What other redbooks would you like to see published?<br />
Comments/Suggestions: (THANK YOU FOR YOUR FEEDBACK!)<br />
© Copyright <strong>IBM</strong> Corp. 1999 133
SG24-5594-00<br />
Printed in the U.S.A.<br />
<strong>Enhanced</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> <strong>Sharing</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Management</strong> SG24-5594-00